1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 832 * @chandef: the channel definition 833 * 834 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 835 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 836 */ 837 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 838 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 839 { 840 switch (chandef->width) { 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 842 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 843 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 844 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 845 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 846 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 847 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 848 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 849 default: 850 WARN_ON(1); 851 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 852 } 853 } 854 855 /** 856 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 857 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 858 * @channel: the control channel 859 * @chantype: the channel type 860 * 861 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 862 */ 863 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 864 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 865 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 869 * @chandef1: first channel definition 870 * @chandef2: second channel definition 871 * 872 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 873 * identical, %false otherwise. 874 */ 875 static inline bool 876 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 877 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 878 { 879 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 880 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 881 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 882 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 883 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 884 } 885 886 /** 887 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 888 * 889 * @chandef: the channel definition 890 * 891 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 892 */ 893 static inline bool 894 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 895 { 896 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 897 } 898 899 /** 900 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 901 * @chandef1: first channel definition 902 * @chandef2: second channel definition 903 * 904 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 905 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 906 */ 907 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 908 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 909 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 913 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 914 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 915 */ 916 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 917 918 /** 919 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 920 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 921 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 922 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 923 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 924 */ 925 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 926 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 927 u32 prohibited_flags); 928 929 /** 930 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 931 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 932 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 933 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 934 * Returns: 935 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 936 */ 937 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 940 941 /** 942 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 943 * @width: the channel width of the channel 944 * 945 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 946 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 947 * 948 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 949 */ 950 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 951 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 952 { 953 switch (width) { 954 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 955 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 956 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 957 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 958 default: 959 break; 960 } 961 return 0; 962 } 963 964 /** 965 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 966 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 967 * 968 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 969 * 970 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 971 */ 972 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 973 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 974 { 975 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 976 } 977 978 /** 979 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 980 * 981 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 982 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 983 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 984 * 985 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 986 * 987 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 988 */ 989 static inline int 990 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 991 { 992 switch (chandef->width) { 993 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 994 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 995 chandef->chan->max_power); 996 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 997 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 998 chandef->chan->max_power); 999 default: 1000 break; 1001 } 1002 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1003 } 1004 1005 /** 1006 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1007 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1008 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1009 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1010 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1011 */ 1012 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1013 unsigned long band_mask, 1014 u32 prohibited_flags); 1015 1016 /** 1017 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1018 * 1019 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1020 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1021 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1022 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1023 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1024 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1025 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1026 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1027 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1028 * 1029 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1030 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1031 */ 1032 enum survey_info_flags { 1033 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1034 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1035 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1036 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1037 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1038 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1039 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1040 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1041 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1042 }; 1043 1044 /** 1045 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1046 * 1047 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1048 * record to report global statistics 1049 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1050 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1051 * optional 1052 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1053 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1054 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1055 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1056 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1057 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1058 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1059 * 1060 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1061 * 1062 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1063 * channel duty cycle etc. 1064 */ 1065 struct survey_info { 1066 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1067 u64 time; 1068 u64 time_busy; 1069 u64 time_ext_busy; 1070 u64 time_rx; 1071 u64 time_tx; 1072 u64 time_scan; 1073 u64 time_bss_rx; 1074 u32 filled; 1075 s8 noise; 1076 }; 1077 1078 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1079 1080 /** 1081 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1082 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1083 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1084 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1085 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1086 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1087 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1088 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1089 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1090 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1091 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1092 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1093 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1094 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1095 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1096 * protocol frames. 1097 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1098 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1099 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1100 * port for mac80211 1101 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1102 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1103 * offload) 1104 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1105 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1106 * 1107 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1108 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1109 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1110 * such a scenario. 1111 * 1112 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1113 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1114 * 1115 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1116 * Allow hash-to-element only 1117 * 1118 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1119 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1120 */ 1121 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1122 u32 wpa_versions; 1123 u32 cipher_group; 1124 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1125 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1126 int n_akm_suites; 1127 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1128 bool control_port; 1129 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1130 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1131 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1132 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1133 const u8 *psk; 1134 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1135 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1136 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1137 }; 1138 1139 /** 1140 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1141 * 1142 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1143 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1144 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1145 */ 1146 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1147 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1148 u8 index; 1149 bool ema; 1150 }; 1151 1152 /** 1153 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1154 * 1155 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1156 * 1157 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1158 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1159 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1160 */ 1161 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1162 u8 cnt; 1163 struct { 1164 const u8 *data; 1165 size_t len; 1166 } elem[]; 1167 }; 1168 1169 /** 1170 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1171 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1172 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1173 * or %NULL if not changed 1174 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1175 * or %NULL if not changed 1176 * @head_len: length of @head 1177 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1178 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1179 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1180 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1181 * frames or %NULL 1182 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1183 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1184 * Response frames or %NULL 1185 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1186 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1187 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1188 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1189 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1190 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1191 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1192 * (measurement type 8) 1193 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1194 * Token (measurement type 11) 1195 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1196 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1197 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1198 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1199 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1200 */ 1201 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1202 unsigned int link_id; 1203 1204 const u8 *head, *tail; 1205 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1206 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1207 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1208 const u8 *probe_resp; 1209 const u8 *lci; 1210 const u8 *civicloc; 1211 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1212 s8 ftm_responder; 1213 1214 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1215 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1216 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1217 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1218 size_t probe_resp_len; 1219 size_t lci_len; 1220 size_t civicloc_len; 1221 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1222 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1223 }; 1224 1225 struct mac_address { 1226 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1227 }; 1228 1229 /** 1230 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1231 * 1232 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1233 * entry specified by mac_addr 1234 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1235 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1236 */ 1237 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1238 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1239 int n_acl_entries; 1240 1241 /* Keep it last */ 1242 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1243 }; 1244 1245 /** 1246 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1247 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1248 * 1249 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1250 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1251 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1252 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1253 * frame headers. 1254 */ 1255 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1256 u32 min_interval; 1257 u32 max_interval; 1258 size_t tmpl_len; 1259 const u8 *tmpl; 1260 }; 1261 1262 /** 1263 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1264 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1265 * 1266 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1267 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1268 * scanning 1269 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1270 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1271 */ 1272 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1273 u32 interval; 1274 size_t tmpl_len; 1275 const u8 *tmpl; 1276 }; 1277 1278 /** 1279 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1280 * 1281 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1282 * 1283 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1284 * @beacon: beacon data 1285 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1286 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1287 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1288 * user space) 1289 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1290 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1291 * @crypto: crypto settings 1292 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1293 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1294 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1295 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1296 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1297 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1298 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1299 * MAC address based access control 1300 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1301 * networks. 1302 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1303 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1304 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1305 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1306 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1307 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1308 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1309 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1310 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1311 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1312 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1313 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1314 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1315 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1316 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1317 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1318 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1319 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1320 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1321 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1322 */ 1323 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1324 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1325 1326 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1327 1328 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1329 const u8 *ssid; 1330 size_t ssid_len; 1331 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1332 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1333 bool privacy; 1334 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1335 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1336 int inactivity_timeout; 1337 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1338 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1339 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1340 bool pbss; 1341 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1342 1343 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1344 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1345 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1346 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1347 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1348 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1349 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1350 bool twt_responder; 1351 u32 flags; 1352 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1353 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1354 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1355 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1356 u16 punct_bitmap; 1357 }; 1358 1359 /** 1360 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1361 * 1362 * Used for channel switch 1363 * 1364 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1365 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1366 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1367 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1368 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1369 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1370 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1371 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1372 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1373 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1374 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1375 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1376 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1377 */ 1378 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1379 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1380 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1381 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1382 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1383 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1384 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1385 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1386 bool radar_required; 1387 bool block_tx; 1388 u8 count; 1389 u16 punct_bitmap; 1390 }; 1391 1392 /** 1393 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1394 * 1395 * Used for bss color change 1396 * 1397 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1398 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1399 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1400 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1401 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1402 * @color: the color used after the change 1403 */ 1404 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1405 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1406 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1407 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1408 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1409 u8 count; 1410 u8 color; 1411 }; 1412 1413 /** 1414 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1415 * 1416 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1417 * 1418 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1419 * to use for verification 1420 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1421 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1422 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1423 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1424 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1425 * nl80211_iftype. 1426 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1427 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1428 * the verification 1429 */ 1430 struct iface_combination_params { 1431 int num_different_channels; 1432 u8 radar_detect; 1433 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1434 u32 new_beacon_int; 1435 }; 1436 1437 /** 1438 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1439 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1440 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1441 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1442 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1443 * 1444 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1445 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1446 */ 1447 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1448 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1449 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1450 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1451 }; 1452 1453 /** 1454 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1455 * 1456 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1457 * 1458 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1459 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1460 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1461 * power per-interface or per-station. 1462 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1463 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1464 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1465 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1466 * per peer TPC. 1467 */ 1468 struct sta_txpwr { 1469 s16 power; 1470 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1471 }; 1472 1473 /** 1474 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1475 * 1476 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1477 * 1478 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1479 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1480 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1481 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1482 * (or NULL for no change) 1483 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1484 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1485 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1486 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1487 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1488 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1489 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1490 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1491 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1492 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1493 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1494 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1495 */ 1496 struct link_station_parameters { 1497 const u8 *mld_mac; 1498 int link_id; 1499 const u8 *link_mac; 1500 const u8 *supported_rates; 1501 u8 supported_rates_len; 1502 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1503 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1504 u8 opmode_notif; 1505 bool opmode_notif_used; 1506 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1507 u8 he_capa_len; 1508 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1509 bool txpwr_set; 1510 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1511 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1512 u8 eht_capa_len; 1513 }; 1514 1515 /** 1516 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1517 * 1518 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1519 * 1520 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1521 * @link_id: the link id 1522 */ 1523 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1524 const u8 *mld_mac; 1525 u32 link_id; 1526 }; 1527 1528 /** 1529 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1530 * 1531 * Used to change and create a new station. 1532 * 1533 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1534 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1535 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1536 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1537 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1538 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1539 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1540 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1541 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1542 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1543 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1544 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1545 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1546 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1547 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1548 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1549 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1550 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1551 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1552 * to unknown) 1553 * @capability: station capability 1554 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1555 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1556 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1557 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1558 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1559 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1560 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1561 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1562 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1563 */ 1564 struct station_parameters { 1565 struct net_device *vlan; 1566 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1567 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1568 int listen_interval; 1569 u16 aid; 1570 u16 vlan_id; 1571 u16 peer_aid; 1572 u8 plink_action; 1573 u8 plink_state; 1574 u8 uapsd_queues; 1575 u8 max_sp; 1576 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1577 u16 capability; 1578 const u8 *ext_capab; 1579 u8 ext_capab_len; 1580 const u8 *supported_channels; 1581 u8 supported_channels_len; 1582 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1583 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1584 int support_p2p_ps; 1585 u16 airtime_weight; 1586 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1587 }; 1588 1589 /** 1590 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1591 * 1592 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1593 * 1594 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1595 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1596 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1597 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1598 */ 1599 struct station_del_parameters { 1600 const u8 *mac; 1601 u8 subtype; 1602 u16 reason_code; 1603 }; 1604 1605 /** 1606 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1607 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1608 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1609 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1610 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1611 * the AP MLME in the device 1612 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1613 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1614 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1615 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1616 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1617 * supported/used) 1618 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1619 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1620 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1621 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1622 */ 1623 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1624 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1625 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1626 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1627 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1628 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1629 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1630 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1631 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1632 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1633 }; 1634 1635 /** 1636 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1637 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1638 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1639 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1640 * 1641 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1642 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1643 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1644 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1645 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1646 */ 1647 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1648 struct station_parameters *params, 1649 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1650 1651 /** 1652 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1653 * 1654 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1655 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1656 * 1657 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1658 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1659 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1660 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1661 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1662 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1663 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1664 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1665 */ 1666 enum rate_info_flags { 1667 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1668 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1669 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1670 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1671 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1672 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1673 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1674 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1675 }; 1676 1677 /** 1678 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1679 * 1680 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1681 * 1682 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1683 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1684 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1685 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1686 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1687 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1688 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1689 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1690 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1691 */ 1692 enum rate_info_bw { 1693 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1694 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1695 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1696 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1697 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1698 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1699 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1700 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1701 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1702 }; 1703 1704 /** 1705 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1706 * 1707 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1708 * 1709 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1710 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1711 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1712 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1713 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1714 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1715 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1716 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1717 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1718 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1719 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1720 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1721 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1722 */ 1723 struct rate_info { 1724 u8 flags; 1725 u8 mcs; 1726 u16 legacy; 1727 u8 nss; 1728 u8 bw; 1729 u8 he_gi; 1730 u8 he_dcm; 1731 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1732 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1733 u8 eht_gi; 1734 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1735 }; 1736 1737 /** 1738 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1739 * 1740 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1741 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1742 * 1743 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1744 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1745 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1746 */ 1747 enum bss_param_flags { 1748 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1749 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1750 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1751 }; 1752 1753 /** 1754 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1755 * 1756 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1757 * 1758 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1759 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1760 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1761 */ 1762 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1763 u8 flags; 1764 u8 dtim_period; 1765 u16 beacon_interval; 1766 }; 1767 1768 /** 1769 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1770 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1771 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1772 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1773 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1774 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1775 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1776 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1777 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1778 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1779 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1780 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1781 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1782 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1783 */ 1784 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1785 u32 filled; 1786 u32 backlog_bytes; 1787 u32 backlog_packets; 1788 u32 flows; 1789 u32 drops; 1790 u32 ecn_marks; 1791 u32 overlimit; 1792 u32 overmemory; 1793 u32 collisions; 1794 u32 tx_bytes; 1795 u32 tx_packets; 1796 u32 max_flows; 1797 }; 1798 1799 /** 1800 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1801 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1802 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1803 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1804 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1805 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1806 * transmitted MSDUs 1807 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1808 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1809 */ 1810 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1811 u32 filled; 1812 u64 rx_msdu; 1813 u64 tx_msdu; 1814 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1815 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1816 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1817 }; 1818 1819 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1820 1821 /** 1822 * struct station_info - station information 1823 * 1824 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1825 * 1826 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1827 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1828 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1829 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1830 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1831 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1832 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1833 * @llid: mesh local link id 1834 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1835 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1836 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1837 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1838 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1839 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1840 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1841 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1842 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1843 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1844 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1845 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1846 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1847 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1848 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1849 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1850 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1851 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1852 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1853 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1854 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1855 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1856 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1857 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1858 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1859 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1860 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1861 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1862 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1863 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1864 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1865 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1866 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1867 * towards this station. 1868 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1869 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1870 * from this peer 1871 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1872 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1873 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1874 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1875 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1876 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1877 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1878 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1879 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1880 * been sent. 1881 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1882 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1883 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1884 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1885 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1886 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1887 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1888 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1889 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1890 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1891 * dump_station() callbacks. 1892 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1893 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1894 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1895 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1896 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 1897 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 1898 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 1899 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 1900 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 1901 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1902 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 1903 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 1904 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 1905 */ 1906 struct station_info { 1907 u64 filled; 1908 u32 connected_time; 1909 u32 inactive_time; 1910 u64 assoc_at; 1911 u64 rx_bytes; 1912 u64 tx_bytes; 1913 u16 llid; 1914 u16 plid; 1915 u8 plink_state; 1916 s8 signal; 1917 s8 signal_avg; 1918 1919 u8 chains; 1920 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1921 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1922 1923 struct rate_info txrate; 1924 struct rate_info rxrate; 1925 u32 rx_packets; 1926 u32 tx_packets; 1927 u32 tx_retries; 1928 u32 tx_failed; 1929 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1930 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1931 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1932 1933 int generation; 1934 1935 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1936 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1937 1938 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1939 s64 t_offset; 1940 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1941 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1942 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1943 1944 u32 expected_throughput; 1945 1946 u64 tx_duration; 1947 u64 rx_duration; 1948 u64 rx_beacon; 1949 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1950 u8 connected_to_gate; 1951 1952 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1953 s8 ack_signal; 1954 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1955 1956 u16 airtime_weight; 1957 1958 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1959 u32 fcs_err_count; 1960 1961 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1962 1963 u8 connected_to_as; 1964 1965 bool mlo_params_valid; 1966 u8 assoc_link_id; 1967 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1968 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 1969 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 1970 }; 1971 1972 /** 1973 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1974 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1975 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1976 */ 1977 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1978 s32 power; 1979 u32 freq_range_index; 1980 }; 1981 1982 /** 1983 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1984 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1985 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1986 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1987 */ 1988 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1989 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1990 u32 num_sub_specs; 1991 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1992 }; 1993 1994 1995 /** 1996 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1997 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1998 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1999 */ 2000 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2001 u32 start_freq; 2002 u32 end_freq; 2003 }; 2004 2005 /** 2006 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2007 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2008 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2009 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2010 * 2011 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2012 * range to small ones and then append them. 2013 */ 2014 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2015 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2016 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2017 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2018 }; 2019 2020 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2021 /** 2022 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2023 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2024 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2025 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2026 * 2027 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2028 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2029 * considered undefined. 2030 */ 2031 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2032 struct station_info *sinfo); 2033 #else 2034 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2035 const u8 *mac_addr, 2036 struct station_info *sinfo) 2037 { 2038 return -ENOENT; 2039 } 2040 #endif 2041 2042 /** 2043 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2044 * 2045 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2046 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2047 * 2048 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2049 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2050 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2051 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2052 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2053 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2054 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2055 */ 2056 enum monitor_flags { 2057 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2058 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2059 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2060 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2061 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2062 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2063 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2064 }; 2065 2066 /** 2067 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2068 * 2069 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2070 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2071 * 2072 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2073 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2074 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2075 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2076 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2077 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2078 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2079 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2080 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2081 */ 2082 enum mpath_info_flags { 2083 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2084 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2085 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2086 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2087 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2088 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2089 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2090 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2091 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2092 }; 2093 2094 /** 2095 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2096 * 2097 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2098 * 2099 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2100 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2101 * @sn: target sequence number 2102 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2103 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2104 * @flags: mesh path flags 2105 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2106 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2107 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2108 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2109 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2110 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2111 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2112 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2113 */ 2114 struct mpath_info { 2115 u32 filled; 2116 u32 frame_qlen; 2117 u32 sn; 2118 u32 metric; 2119 u32 exptime; 2120 u32 discovery_timeout; 2121 u8 discovery_retries; 2122 u8 flags; 2123 u8 hop_count; 2124 u32 path_change_count; 2125 2126 int generation; 2127 }; 2128 2129 /** 2130 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2131 * 2132 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2133 * 2134 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2135 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2136 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2137 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2138 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2139 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2140 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2141 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2142 * (or NULL for no change) 2143 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2144 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2145 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2146 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2147 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2148 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2149 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2150 */ 2151 struct bss_parameters { 2152 int link_id; 2153 int use_cts_prot; 2154 int use_short_preamble; 2155 int use_short_slot_time; 2156 const u8 *basic_rates; 2157 u8 basic_rates_len; 2158 int ap_isolate; 2159 int ht_opmode; 2160 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2161 }; 2162 2163 /** 2164 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2165 * 2166 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2167 * 2168 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2169 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2170 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2171 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2172 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2173 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2174 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2175 * mesh interface 2176 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2177 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2178 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2179 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2180 * elements 2181 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2182 * detect compatible mesh peers 2183 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2184 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2185 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2186 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2187 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2188 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2189 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2190 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2191 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2192 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2193 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2194 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2195 * element 2196 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2197 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2198 * element 2199 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2200 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2201 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2202 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2203 * announcements are transmitted 2204 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2205 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2206 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2207 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2208 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2209 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2210 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2211 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2212 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2213 * station to establish a peer link 2214 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2215 * 2216 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2217 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2218 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2219 * 2220 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2221 * PREQs are transmitted. 2222 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2223 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2224 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2225 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2226 * setting for new peer links. 2227 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2228 * after transmitting its beacon. 2229 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2230 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2231 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2232 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2233 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2234 * in the mesh formation field. 2235 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2236 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2237 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2238 * in the mesh path table 2239 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2240 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2241 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2242 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2243 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2244 */ 2245 struct mesh_config { 2246 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2247 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2248 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2249 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2250 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2251 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2252 u8 element_ttl; 2253 bool auto_open_plinks; 2254 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2255 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2256 u32 path_refresh_time; 2257 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2258 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2259 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2260 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2261 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2262 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2263 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2264 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2265 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2266 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2267 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2268 s32 rssi_threshold; 2269 u16 ht_opmode; 2270 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2271 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2272 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2273 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2274 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2275 u32 plink_timeout; 2276 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2277 }; 2278 2279 /** 2280 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2281 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2282 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2283 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2284 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2285 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2286 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2287 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2288 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2289 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2290 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2291 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2292 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2293 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2294 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2295 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2296 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2297 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2298 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2299 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2300 * to operate on DFS channels. 2301 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2302 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2303 * 2304 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2305 */ 2306 struct mesh_setup { 2307 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2308 const u8 *mesh_id; 2309 u8 mesh_id_len; 2310 u8 sync_method; 2311 u8 path_sel_proto; 2312 u8 path_metric; 2313 u8 auth_id; 2314 const u8 *ie; 2315 u8 ie_len; 2316 bool is_authenticated; 2317 bool is_secure; 2318 bool user_mpm; 2319 u8 dtim_period; 2320 u16 beacon_interval; 2321 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2322 u32 basic_rates; 2323 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2324 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2325 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2326 }; 2327 2328 /** 2329 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2330 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2331 * 2332 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2333 */ 2334 struct ocb_setup { 2335 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2336 }; 2337 2338 /** 2339 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2340 * @ac: AC identifier 2341 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2342 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2343 * 1..32767] 2344 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2345 * 1..32767] 2346 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2347 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2348 */ 2349 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2350 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2351 u16 txop; 2352 u16 cwmin; 2353 u16 cwmax; 2354 u8 aifs; 2355 int link_id; 2356 }; 2357 2358 /** 2359 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2360 * 2361 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2362 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2363 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2364 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2365 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2366 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2367 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2368 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2369 * in the wiphy structure. 2370 * 2371 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2372 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2373 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2374 * 2375 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2376 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2377 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2378 * to userspace. 2379 */ 2380 2381 /** 2382 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2383 * @ssid: the SSID 2384 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2385 */ 2386 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2387 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2388 u8 ssid_len; 2389 }; 2390 2391 /** 2392 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2393 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2394 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2395 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2396 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2397 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2398 * userspace will be notified of that 2399 */ 2400 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2401 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2402 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2403 bool aborted; 2404 }; 2405 2406 /** 2407 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2408 * 2409 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2410 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2411 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2412 * which the above info relvant to 2413 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2414 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2415 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2416 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2417 */ 2418 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2419 u32 short_ssid; 2420 u32 channel_idx; 2421 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2422 bool unsolicited_probe; 2423 bool short_ssid_valid; 2424 bool psc_no_listen; 2425 }; 2426 2427 /** 2428 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2429 * 2430 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2431 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2432 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2433 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2434 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2435 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2436 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2437 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2438 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2439 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2440 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2441 * %duration field. 2442 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2443 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2444 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2445 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2446 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2447 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2448 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2449 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2450 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2451 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2452 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2453 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2454 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2455 * true if this is the second scan request 2456 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2457 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2458 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2459 */ 2460 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2461 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2462 int n_ssids; 2463 u32 n_channels; 2464 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2465 const u8 *ie; 2466 size_t ie_len; 2467 u16 duration; 2468 bool duration_mandatory; 2469 u32 flags; 2470 2471 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2472 2473 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2474 2475 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2476 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2477 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2478 2479 /* internal */ 2480 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2481 unsigned long scan_start; 2482 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2483 bool notified; 2484 bool no_cck; 2485 bool scan_6ghz; 2486 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2487 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2488 2489 /* keep last */ 2490 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2491 }; 2492 2493 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2494 { 2495 int i; 2496 2497 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2498 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2499 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2500 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 /** 2505 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2506 * 2507 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2508 * or no match (RSSI only) 2509 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2510 * or no match (RSSI only) 2511 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2512 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2513 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2514 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2515 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2516 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2517 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2518 * corresponding matchset. 2519 */ 2520 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2521 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2522 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2523 s32 rssi_thold; 2524 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2525 }; 2526 2527 /** 2528 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2529 * 2530 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2531 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2532 * infinite loop. 2533 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2534 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2535 */ 2536 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2537 u32 interval; 2538 u32 iterations; 2539 }; 2540 2541 /** 2542 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2543 * 2544 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2545 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2546 */ 2547 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2548 enum nl80211_band band; 2549 s8 delta; 2550 }; 2551 2552 /** 2553 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2554 * 2555 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2556 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2557 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2558 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2559 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2560 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2561 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2562 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2563 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2564 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2565 * (others are filtered out). 2566 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2567 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2568 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2569 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2570 * @dev: the interface 2571 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2572 * @channels: channels to scan 2573 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2574 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2575 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2576 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2577 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2578 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2579 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2580 * index must be executed first. 2581 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2582 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2583 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2584 * owned by a particular socket) 2585 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2586 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2587 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2588 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2589 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2590 * supported. 2591 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2592 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2593 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2594 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2595 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2596 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2597 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2598 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2599 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2600 * comparisions. 2601 */ 2602 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2603 u64 reqid; 2604 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2605 int n_ssids; 2606 u32 n_channels; 2607 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2608 const u8 *ie; 2609 size_t ie_len; 2610 u32 flags; 2611 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2612 int n_match_sets; 2613 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2614 u32 delay; 2615 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2616 int n_scan_plans; 2617 2618 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2619 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2620 2621 bool relative_rssi_set; 2622 s8 relative_rssi; 2623 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2624 2625 /* internal */ 2626 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2627 struct net_device *dev; 2628 unsigned long scan_start; 2629 bool report_results; 2630 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2631 u32 owner_nlportid; 2632 bool nl_owner_dead; 2633 struct list_head list; 2634 2635 /* keep last */ 2636 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2637 }; 2638 2639 /** 2640 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2641 * 2642 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2643 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2644 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2645 */ 2646 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2647 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2648 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2649 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2650 }; 2651 2652 /** 2653 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2654 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2655 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2656 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2657 * signal type 2658 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2659 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2660 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2661 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2662 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2663 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2664 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2665 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2666 * by %parent_bssid. 2667 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2668 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2669 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2670 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2671 */ 2672 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2673 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2674 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2675 s32 signal; 2676 u64 boottime_ns; 2677 u64 parent_tsf; 2678 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2679 u8 chains; 2680 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2681 }; 2682 2683 /** 2684 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2685 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2686 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2687 * @len: length of the IEs 2688 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2689 * @data: IE data 2690 */ 2691 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2692 u64 tsf; 2693 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2694 int len; 2695 bool from_beacon; 2696 u8 data[]; 2697 }; 2698 2699 /** 2700 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2701 * 2702 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2703 * for use in scan results and similar. 2704 * 2705 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2706 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2707 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2708 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2709 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2710 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2711 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2712 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2713 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2714 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2715 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2716 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2717 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2718 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2719 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2720 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2721 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2722 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2723 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2724 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2725 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2726 * (multi-BSSID support) 2727 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2728 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2729 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2730 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2731 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2732 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2733 */ 2734 struct cfg80211_bss { 2735 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2736 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2737 2738 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2739 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2740 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2741 2742 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2743 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2744 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2745 2746 s32 signal; 2747 2748 u16 beacon_interval; 2749 u16 capability; 2750 2751 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2752 u8 chains; 2753 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2754 2755 u8 bssid_index; 2756 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2757 2758 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2759 }; 2760 2761 /** 2762 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2763 * @bss: the bss to search 2764 * @id: the element ID 2765 * 2766 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2767 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2768 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2769 */ 2770 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2771 2772 /** 2773 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2774 * @bss: the bss to search 2775 * @id: the element ID 2776 * 2777 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2778 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2779 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2780 */ 2781 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2782 { 2783 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2784 } 2785 2786 2787 /** 2788 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2789 * 2790 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2791 * authentication. 2792 * 2793 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2794 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2795 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2796 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2797 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2798 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2799 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2800 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2801 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2802 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2803 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2804 * transaction sequence number field. 2805 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2806 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2807 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2808 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2809 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2810 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2811 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2812 */ 2813 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2814 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2815 const u8 *ie; 2816 size_t ie_len; 2817 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2818 const u8 *key; 2819 u8 key_len; 2820 s8 key_idx; 2821 const u8 *auth_data; 2822 size_t auth_data_len; 2823 s8 link_id; 2824 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2829 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2830 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2831 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2832 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2833 */ 2834 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2835 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2836 const u8 *elems; 2837 size_t elems_len; 2838 }; 2839 2840 /** 2841 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2842 * 2843 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2844 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2845 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2846 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2847 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2848 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2849 * request (connect callback). 2850 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2851 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2852 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2853 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2854 * flag is not set. 2855 */ 2856 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2857 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2858 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2859 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2860 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2861 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2862 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2863 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2864 }; 2865 2866 /** 2867 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2868 * 2869 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2870 * (re)association. 2871 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2872 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2873 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2874 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2875 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2876 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2877 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2878 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2879 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2880 * @crypto: crypto settings 2881 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2882 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2883 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2884 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2885 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2886 * frame. 2887 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2888 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2889 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2890 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2891 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2892 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2893 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2894 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2895 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2896 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2897 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2898 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2899 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2900 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2901 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2902 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2903 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2904 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2905 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2906 */ 2907 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2908 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2909 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2910 size_t ie_len; 2911 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2912 bool use_mfp; 2913 u32 flags; 2914 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2915 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2916 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2917 const u8 *fils_kek; 2918 size_t fils_kek_len; 2919 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2920 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2921 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2922 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2923 s8 link_id; 2924 }; 2925 2926 /** 2927 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2928 * 2929 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2930 * deauthentication. 2931 * 2932 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2933 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2934 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2935 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2936 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2937 * do not set a deauth frame 2938 */ 2939 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2940 const u8 *bssid; 2941 const u8 *ie; 2942 size_t ie_len; 2943 u16 reason_code; 2944 bool local_state_change; 2945 }; 2946 2947 /** 2948 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2949 * 2950 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2951 * disassociation. 2952 * 2953 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 2954 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2955 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2956 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2957 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2958 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2959 */ 2960 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2961 const u8 *ap_addr; 2962 const u8 *ie; 2963 size_t ie_len; 2964 u16 reason_code; 2965 bool local_state_change; 2966 }; 2967 2968 /** 2969 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2970 * 2971 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2972 * method. 2973 * 2974 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2975 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2976 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2977 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2978 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2979 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2980 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2981 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2982 * @ie_len: length of that 2983 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2984 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2985 * after joining 2986 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2987 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2988 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2989 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2990 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2991 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2992 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2993 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2994 * to operate on DFS channels. 2995 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2996 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2997 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2998 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2999 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3000 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3001 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3002 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3003 */ 3004 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3005 const u8 *ssid; 3006 const u8 *bssid; 3007 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3008 const u8 *ie; 3009 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3010 u16 beacon_interval; 3011 u32 basic_rates; 3012 bool channel_fixed; 3013 bool privacy; 3014 bool control_port; 3015 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3016 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3017 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3018 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3019 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3020 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3021 int wep_tx_key; 3022 }; 3023 3024 /** 3025 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3026 * 3027 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3028 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3029 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3030 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3031 */ 3032 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3033 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3034 union { 3035 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3036 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3037 } param; 3038 }; 3039 3040 /** 3041 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3042 * 3043 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3044 * authentication and association. 3045 * 3046 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3047 * on scan results) 3048 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3049 * %NULL if not specified 3050 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3051 * results) 3052 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3053 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3054 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3055 * to use. 3056 * @ssid: SSID 3057 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3058 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3059 * @ie: IEs for association request 3060 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3061 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3062 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3063 * @crypto: crypto settings 3064 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3065 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3066 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3067 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3068 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3069 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3070 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3071 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3072 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3073 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3074 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3075 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3076 * networks. 3077 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3078 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3079 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3080 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3081 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3082 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3083 * frame. 3084 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3085 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3086 * data IE. 3087 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3088 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3089 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3090 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3091 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3092 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3093 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3094 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3095 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3096 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3097 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3098 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3099 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3100 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3101 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3102 */ 3103 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3104 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3105 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3106 const u8 *bssid; 3107 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3108 const u8 *ssid; 3109 size_t ssid_len; 3110 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3111 const u8 *ie; 3112 size_t ie_len; 3113 bool privacy; 3114 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3115 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3116 const u8 *key; 3117 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3118 u32 flags; 3119 int bg_scan_period; 3120 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3121 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3122 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3123 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3124 bool pbss; 3125 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3126 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3127 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3128 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3129 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3130 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3131 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3132 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3133 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3134 bool want_1x; 3135 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3136 }; 3137 3138 /** 3139 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3140 * 3141 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3142 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3143 * 3144 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3145 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3146 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3147 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3148 */ 3149 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3150 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3151 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3152 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3153 }; 3154 3155 /** 3156 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3157 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3158 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3159 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3160 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3161 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3162 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3163 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3164 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3165 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3166 */ 3167 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3168 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3169 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3170 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3171 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3172 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3173 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3174 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3175 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3176 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3177 }; 3178 3179 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3180 3181 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3182 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3183 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3184 3185 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3186 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3187 3188 /** 3189 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3190 * 3191 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3192 * caching. 3193 * 3194 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3195 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3196 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3197 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3198 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3199 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3200 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3201 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3202 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3203 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3204 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3205 * %NULL). 3206 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3207 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3208 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3209 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3210 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3211 * used for it expires. 3212 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3213 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3214 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3215 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3216 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3217 */ 3218 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3219 const u8 *bssid; 3220 const u8 *pmkid; 3221 const u8 *pmk; 3222 size_t pmk_len; 3223 const u8 *ssid; 3224 size_t ssid_len; 3225 const u8 *cache_id; 3226 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3227 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3228 }; 3229 3230 /** 3231 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3232 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3233 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3234 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3235 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3236 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3237 * 3238 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3239 * memory, free @mask only! 3240 */ 3241 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3242 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3243 int pattern_len; 3244 int pkt_offset; 3245 }; 3246 3247 /** 3248 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3249 * 3250 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3251 * @src: source IP address 3252 * @dst: destination IP address 3253 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3254 * @src_port: source port 3255 * @dst_port: destination port 3256 * @payload_len: data payload length 3257 * @payload: data payload buffer 3258 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3259 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3260 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3261 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3262 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3263 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3264 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3265 */ 3266 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3267 struct socket *sock; 3268 __be32 src, dst; 3269 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3270 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3271 int payload_len; 3272 const u8 *payload; 3273 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3274 u32 data_interval; 3275 u32 wake_len; 3276 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3277 u32 tokens_size; 3278 /* must be last, variable member */ 3279 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3280 }; 3281 3282 /** 3283 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3284 * 3285 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3286 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3287 * operating as normal during suspend 3288 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3289 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3290 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3291 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3292 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3293 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3294 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3295 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3296 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3297 * NULL if not configured. 3298 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3299 */ 3300 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3301 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3302 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3303 rfkill_release; 3304 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3305 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3306 int n_patterns; 3307 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3308 }; 3309 3310 /** 3311 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3312 * 3313 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3314 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3315 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3316 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3317 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3318 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3319 */ 3320 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3321 int delay; 3322 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3323 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3324 int n_patterns; 3325 }; 3326 3327 /** 3328 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3329 * 3330 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3331 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3332 * @n_rules: number of rules 3333 */ 3334 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3335 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3336 int n_rules; 3337 }; 3338 3339 /** 3340 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3341 * 3342 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3343 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3344 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3345 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3346 * occurred (in MHz) 3347 */ 3348 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3349 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3350 int n_channels; 3351 u32 channels[]; 3352 }; 3353 3354 /** 3355 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3356 * 3357 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3358 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3359 * match information. 3360 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3361 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3362 */ 3363 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3364 int n_matches; 3365 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3366 }; 3367 3368 /** 3369 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3370 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3371 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3372 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3373 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3374 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3375 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3376 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3377 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3378 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3379 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3380 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3381 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3382 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3383 * it is. 3384 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3385 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3386 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3387 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3388 */ 3389 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3390 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3391 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3392 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3393 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3394 s32 pattern_idx; 3395 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3396 const void *packet; 3397 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3398 }; 3399 3400 /** 3401 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3402 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3403 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3404 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3405 * @kek_len: length of kek 3406 * @kck_len: length of kck 3407 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3408 */ 3409 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3410 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3411 u32 akm; 3412 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3413 }; 3414 3415 /** 3416 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3417 * 3418 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3419 * 3420 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3421 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3422 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3423 */ 3424 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3425 u16 md; 3426 const u8 *ie; 3427 size_t ie_len; 3428 }; 3429 3430 /** 3431 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3432 * 3433 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3434 * 3435 * @chan: channel to use 3436 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3437 * @wait: duration for ROC 3438 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3439 * @len: buffer length 3440 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3441 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3442 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3443 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3444 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3445 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3446 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3447 */ 3448 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3449 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3450 bool offchan; 3451 unsigned int wait; 3452 const u8 *buf; 3453 size_t len; 3454 bool no_cck; 3455 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3456 int n_csa_offsets; 3457 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3458 int link_id; 3459 }; 3460 3461 /** 3462 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3463 * 3464 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3465 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3466 */ 3467 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3468 u8 dscp; 3469 u8 up; 3470 }; 3471 3472 /** 3473 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3474 * 3475 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3476 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3477 */ 3478 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3479 u8 low; 3480 u8 high; 3481 }; 3482 3483 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3484 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3485 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3486 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3487 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3488 3489 /** 3490 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3491 * 3492 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3493 * 3494 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3495 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3496 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3497 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3498 */ 3499 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3500 u8 num_des; 3501 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3502 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3503 }; 3504 3505 /** 3506 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3507 * 3508 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3509 * 3510 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3511 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3512 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3513 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3514 */ 3515 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3516 u8 master_pref; 3517 u8 bands; 3518 }; 3519 3520 /** 3521 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3522 * configuration 3523 * 3524 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3525 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3526 */ 3527 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3528 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3529 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3530 }; 3531 3532 /** 3533 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3534 * 3535 * @filter: the content of the filter 3536 * @len: the length of the filter 3537 */ 3538 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3539 const u8 *filter; 3540 u8 len; 3541 }; 3542 3543 /** 3544 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3545 * 3546 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3547 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3548 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3549 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3550 * implementation specific. 3551 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3552 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3553 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3554 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3555 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3556 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3557 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3558 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3559 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3560 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3561 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3562 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3563 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3564 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3565 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3566 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3567 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3568 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3569 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3570 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3571 */ 3572 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3573 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3574 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3575 u8 publish_type; 3576 bool close_range; 3577 bool publish_bcast; 3578 bool subscribe_active; 3579 u8 followup_id; 3580 u8 followup_reqid; 3581 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3582 u32 ttl; 3583 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3584 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3585 bool srf_include; 3586 const u8 *srf_bf; 3587 u8 srf_bf_len; 3588 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3589 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3590 int srf_num_macs; 3591 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3592 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3593 u8 num_tx_filters; 3594 u8 num_rx_filters; 3595 u8 instance_id; 3596 u64 cookie; 3597 }; 3598 3599 /** 3600 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3601 * 3602 * @aa: authenticator address 3603 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3604 * @pmk: the PMK material 3605 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3606 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3607 * holds PMK-R0. 3608 */ 3609 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3610 const u8 *aa; 3611 u8 pmk_len; 3612 const u8 *pmk; 3613 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3614 }; 3615 3616 /** 3617 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3618 * 3619 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3620 * 3621 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3622 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3623 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3624 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3625 * authentication response command interface. 3626 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3627 * authentication response command interface. 3628 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3629 * authentication request event interface. 3630 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3631 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3632 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3633 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3634 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3635 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3636 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3637 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3638 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3639 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3640 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3641 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3642 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3643 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3644 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3645 * chosen for the authentication. 3646 */ 3647 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3648 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3649 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3650 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3651 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3652 u16 status; 3653 const u8 *pmkid; 3654 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3655 }; 3656 3657 /** 3658 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3659 * 3660 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3661 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3662 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3663 * answered 3664 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3665 * successfully answered 3666 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3667 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3668 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3669 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3670 * of how much time the responder was busy 3671 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3672 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3673 * the responder 3674 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3675 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3676 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3677 */ 3678 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3679 u32 filled; 3680 u32 success_num; 3681 u32 partial_num; 3682 u32 failed_num; 3683 u32 asap_num; 3684 u32 non_asap_num; 3685 u64 total_duration_ms; 3686 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3687 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3688 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3689 }; 3690 3691 /** 3692 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3693 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3694 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3695 * reason than just "failure" 3696 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3697 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3698 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3699 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3700 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3701 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3702 * by the responder 3703 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3704 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3705 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3706 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3707 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3708 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3709 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3710 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3711 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3712 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3713 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3714 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3715 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3716 * the square root of the variance) 3717 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3718 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3719 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3720 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3721 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3722 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3723 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3724 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3725 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3726 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3727 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3728 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3729 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3730 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3731 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3732 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3733 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3734 */ 3735 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3736 const u8 *lci; 3737 const u8 *civicloc; 3738 unsigned int lci_len; 3739 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3740 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3741 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3742 s16 burst_index; 3743 u8 busy_retry_time; 3744 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3745 u8 burst_duration; 3746 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3747 s32 rssi_avg; 3748 s32 rssi_spread; 3749 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3750 s64 rtt_avg; 3751 s64 rtt_variance; 3752 s64 rtt_spread; 3753 s64 dist_avg; 3754 s64 dist_variance; 3755 s64 dist_spread; 3756 3757 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3758 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3759 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3760 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3761 tx_rate_valid:1, 3762 rx_rate_valid:1, 3763 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3764 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3765 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3766 dist_avg_valid:1, 3767 dist_variance_valid:1, 3768 dist_spread_valid:1; 3769 }; 3770 3771 /** 3772 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3773 * @addr: address of the peer 3774 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3775 * measurement was made) 3776 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3777 * @status: status of the measurement 3778 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3779 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3780 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3781 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3782 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3783 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3784 * @ftm: FTM result 3785 */ 3786 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3787 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3788 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3789 3790 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3791 3792 u8 final:1, 3793 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3794 3795 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3796 3797 union { 3798 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3799 }; 3800 }; 3801 3802 /** 3803 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3804 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3805 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3806 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3807 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3808 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3809 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3810 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3811 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3812 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3813 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3814 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3815 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3816 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3817 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3818 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3819 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3820 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3821 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3822 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3823 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3824 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3825 * 3826 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3827 */ 3828 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3829 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3830 u16 burst_period; 3831 u8 requested:1, 3832 asap:1, 3833 request_lci:1, 3834 request_civicloc:1, 3835 trigger_based:1, 3836 non_trigger_based:1, 3837 lmr_feedback:1; 3838 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3839 u8 burst_duration; 3840 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3841 u8 ftmr_retries; 3842 u8 bss_color; 3843 }; 3844 3845 /** 3846 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3847 * @addr: MAC address 3848 * @chandef: channel to use 3849 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3850 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3851 */ 3852 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3853 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3854 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3855 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3856 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3857 }; 3858 3859 /** 3860 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3861 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3862 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3863 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3864 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3865 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3866 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3867 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3868 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3869 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3870 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3871 * zero it means there's no timeout 3872 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3873 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3874 */ 3875 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3876 u64 cookie; 3877 void *drv_data; 3878 u32 n_peers; 3879 u32 nl_portid; 3880 3881 u32 timeout; 3882 3883 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3884 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3885 3886 struct list_head list; 3887 3888 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3889 }; 3890 3891 /** 3892 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3893 * 3894 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3895 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3896 * 3897 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3898 * 3899 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3900 * has to be done. 3901 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3902 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3903 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3904 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3905 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3906 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3907 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3908 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3909 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 3910 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 3911 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 3912 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3913 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 3914 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 3915 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 3916 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3917 */ 3918 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3919 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3920 u16 status; 3921 const u8 *ie; 3922 size_t ie_len; 3923 int assoc_link_id; 3924 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3925 }; 3926 3927 /** 3928 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3929 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3930 * for the entire device 3931 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3932 * for the given interface 3933 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3934 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3935 * for these subtypes 3936 */ 3937 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3938 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3939 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3940 }; 3941 3942 /** 3943 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3944 * 3945 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3946 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3947 * 3948 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3949 * on success or a negative error code. 3950 * 3951 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3952 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3953 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3954 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3955 * 3956 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3957 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3958 * configured for the device. 3959 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3960 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3961 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3962 * the device. 3963 * 3964 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3965 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3966 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3967 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3968 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3969 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3970 * 3971 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3972 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3973 * 3974 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3975 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3976 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3977 * 3978 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 3979 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 3980 * address is available. 3981 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 3982 * 3983 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3984 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 3985 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 3986 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 3987 * 3988 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3989 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3990 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3991 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3992 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3993 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 3994 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 3995 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 3996 * 3997 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3998 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 3999 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4000 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4001 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4002 * 4003 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4004 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4005 * 4006 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4007 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4008 * 4009 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4010 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4011 * 4012 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4013 * 4014 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4015 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4016 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4017 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4018 * 4019 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4020 * @del_station: Remove a station 4021 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4022 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4023 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4024 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4025 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4026 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4027 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4028 * 4029 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4030 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4031 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4032 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4033 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4034 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4035 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4036 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4037 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4038 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4039 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4040 * 4041 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4042 * 4043 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4044 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4045 * set, and which to leave alone. 4046 * 4047 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4048 * 4049 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4050 * 4051 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4052 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4053 * join the mesh instead. 4054 * 4055 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4056 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4057 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4058 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4059 * 4060 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4061 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4062 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4063 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4064 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4065 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4066 * 4067 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4068 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4069 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4070 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4071 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4072 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4073 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4074 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4075 * 4076 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4077 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4078 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4079 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4080 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4081 * was received. 4082 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4083 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4084 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4085 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4086 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4087 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4088 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4089 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4090 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4091 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4092 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4093 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4094 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4095 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4096 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4097 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4098 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4099 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4100 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4101 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4102 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4103 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4104 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4105 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4106 * 4107 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4108 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4109 * to a merge. 4110 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4111 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4112 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4113 * 4114 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4115 * MESH mode) 4116 * 4117 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4118 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4119 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4120 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4121 * 4122 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4123 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4124 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4125 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4126 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4127 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4128 * return 0 if successful 4129 * 4130 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4131 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4132 * 4133 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4134 * 4135 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4136 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4137 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4138 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4139 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4140 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4141 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4142 * the duration value. 4143 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4144 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4145 * frame on another channel 4146 * 4147 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4148 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4149 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4150 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4151 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4152 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4153 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4154 * 4155 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4156 * 4157 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4158 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4159 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4160 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4161 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4162 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4163 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4164 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4165 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4166 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4167 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4168 * disabled.) 4169 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4170 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4171 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4172 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4173 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4174 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4175 * thresholds. 4176 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4177 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4178 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4179 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4180 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4181 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4182 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4183 * 4184 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4185 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4186 * 4187 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4188 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4189 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4190 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4191 * 4192 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4193 * 4194 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4195 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4196 * 4197 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4198 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4199 * 4200 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4201 * 4202 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4203 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4204 * current monitoring channel. 4205 * 4206 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4207 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4208 * 4209 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4210 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4211 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4212 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4213 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4214 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4215 * 4216 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4217 * 4218 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4219 * was finished on another phy. 4220 * 4221 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4222 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4223 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4224 * 4225 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4226 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4227 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4228 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4229 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4230 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4231 * 4232 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4233 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4234 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4235 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4236 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4237 * as soon as possible. 4238 * 4239 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4240 * 4241 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4242 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4243 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4244 * 4245 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4246 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4247 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4248 * account. 4249 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4250 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4251 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4252 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4253 * rejected) 4254 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4255 * 4256 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4257 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4258 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4259 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4260 * 4261 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4262 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4263 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4264 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4265 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4266 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4267 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4268 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4269 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4270 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4271 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4272 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4273 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4274 * provided @nan_func. 4275 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4276 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4277 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4278 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4279 * 4280 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4281 * 4282 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4283 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4284 * 4285 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4286 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4287 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4288 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4289 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4290 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4291 * 4292 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4293 * user space 4294 * 4295 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4296 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4297 * 4298 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4299 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4300 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4301 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4302 * 4303 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4304 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4305 * DH IE through this interface. 4306 * 4307 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4308 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4309 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4310 * This callback may sleep. 4311 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4312 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4313 * 4314 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4315 * 4316 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4317 * 4318 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4319 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4320 * Response frame. 4321 * 4322 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4323 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4324 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4325 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4326 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4327 * radar channel. 4328 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4329 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4330 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4331 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4332 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4333 */ 4334 struct cfg80211_ops { 4335 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4336 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4337 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4338 4339 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4340 const char *name, 4341 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4342 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4343 struct vif_params *params); 4344 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4345 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4346 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4347 struct net_device *dev, 4348 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4349 struct vif_params *params); 4350 4351 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4352 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4353 unsigned int link_id); 4354 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4355 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4356 unsigned int link_id); 4357 4358 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4359 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4360 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4361 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4362 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4363 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4364 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4365 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4366 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4367 const u8 *mac_addr); 4368 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4369 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4370 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4371 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4372 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4373 u8 key_index); 4374 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4375 struct net_device *netdev, 4376 int link_id, 4377 u8 key_index); 4378 4379 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4380 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4381 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4382 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4383 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4384 unsigned int link_id); 4385 4386 4387 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4388 const u8 *mac, 4389 struct station_parameters *params); 4390 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4391 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4392 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4393 const u8 *mac, 4394 struct station_parameters *params); 4395 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4396 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4397 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4398 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4399 4400 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4401 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4402 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4403 const u8 *dst); 4404 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4405 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4406 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4407 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4408 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4409 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4410 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4411 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4412 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4413 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4414 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4415 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4416 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4417 struct net_device *dev, 4418 struct mesh_config *conf); 4419 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4420 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4421 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4422 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4423 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4424 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4425 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4426 4427 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4428 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4429 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4430 4431 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4432 struct bss_parameters *params); 4433 4434 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4435 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4436 4437 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4438 struct net_device *dev, 4439 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4440 4441 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4442 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4443 4444 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4445 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4446 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4447 4448 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4449 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4450 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4451 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4452 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4453 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4454 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4455 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4456 4457 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4458 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4459 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4460 struct net_device *dev, 4461 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4462 u32 changed); 4463 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4464 u16 reason_code); 4465 4466 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4467 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4468 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4469 4470 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4471 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4472 4473 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4474 4475 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4476 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4477 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4478 int *dbm); 4479 4480 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4481 4482 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4483 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4484 void *data, int len); 4485 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4486 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4487 void *data, int len); 4488 #endif 4489 4490 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4491 struct net_device *dev, 4492 unsigned int link_id, 4493 const u8 *peer, 4494 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4495 4496 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4497 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4498 4499 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4500 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4501 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4502 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4503 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4504 4505 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4506 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4507 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4508 unsigned int duration, 4509 u64 *cookie); 4510 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4511 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4512 u64 cookie); 4513 4514 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4515 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4516 u64 *cookie); 4517 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4518 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4519 u64 cookie); 4520 4521 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4522 bool enabled, int timeout); 4523 4524 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4525 struct net_device *dev, 4526 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4527 4528 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4529 struct net_device *dev, 4530 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4531 4532 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4533 struct net_device *dev, 4534 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4535 4536 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4537 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4538 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4539 4540 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4541 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4542 4543 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4544 struct net_device *dev, 4545 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4546 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4547 u64 reqid); 4548 4549 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4550 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4551 4552 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4553 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4554 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4555 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4556 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4557 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4558 4559 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4560 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4561 4562 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4563 struct net_device *dev, 4564 u16 noack_map); 4565 4566 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4567 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4568 unsigned int link_id, 4569 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4570 4571 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4572 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4573 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4574 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4575 4576 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4577 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4578 4579 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4580 struct net_device *dev, 4581 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4582 u32 cac_time_ms); 4583 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4584 struct net_device *dev); 4585 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4586 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4587 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4588 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4589 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4590 u16 duration); 4591 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4592 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4593 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4594 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4595 4596 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4597 struct net_device *dev, 4598 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4599 4600 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4601 struct net_device *dev, 4602 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4603 4604 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4605 unsigned int link_id, 4606 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4607 4608 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4609 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4610 u16 admitted_time); 4611 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4612 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4613 4614 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4615 struct net_device *dev, 4616 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4617 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4618 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4619 struct net_device *dev, 4620 const u8 *addr); 4621 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4622 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4623 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4624 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4625 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4626 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4627 u64 cookie); 4628 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4629 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4630 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4631 u32 changes); 4632 4633 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4634 struct net_device *dev, 4635 const bool enabled); 4636 4637 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4638 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4639 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4640 4641 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4642 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4643 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4644 const u8 *aa); 4645 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4646 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4647 4648 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4649 struct net_device *dev, 4650 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4651 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4652 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4653 u64 *cookie); 4654 4655 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4656 struct net_device *dev, 4657 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4658 4659 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4660 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4661 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4662 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4663 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4664 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4665 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4666 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4667 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4668 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4669 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4670 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4671 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4672 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4673 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4674 struct net_device *dev, 4675 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4676 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4677 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4678 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4679 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4680 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4681 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4682 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4683 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4684 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4685 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4686 }; 4687 4688 /* 4689 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4690 * and registration/helper functions 4691 */ 4692 4693 /** 4694 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4695 * 4696 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4697 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4698 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4699 * wiphy at all 4700 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4701 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4702 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4703 * reason to override the default 4704 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4705 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4706 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4707 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4708 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4709 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4710 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4711 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4712 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4713 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4714 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4715 * firmware. 4716 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4717 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4718 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4719 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4720 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4721 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4722 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4723 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4724 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4725 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4726 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4727 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4728 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4729 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4730 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4731 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4732 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4733 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4734 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4735 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4736 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4737 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4738 * should set this flag for now. 4739 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4740 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4741 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4742 */ 4743 enum wiphy_flags { 4744 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4745 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4746 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4747 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4748 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4749 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4750 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4751 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4752 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4753 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4754 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4755 /* use hole at 12 */ 4756 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4757 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4758 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4759 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4760 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4761 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4762 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4763 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4764 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4765 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4766 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4767 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4768 }; 4769 4770 /** 4771 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4772 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4773 * @types: interface types (bits) 4774 */ 4775 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4776 u16 max; 4777 u16 types; 4778 }; 4779 4780 /** 4781 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4782 * 4783 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4784 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4785 * 4786 * Examples: 4787 * 4788 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4789 * 4790 * .. code-block:: c 4791 * 4792 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4793 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4794 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4795 * }; 4796 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4797 * .limits = limits1, 4798 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4799 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4800 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4801 * }; 4802 * 4803 * 4804 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4805 * 4806 * .. code-block:: c 4807 * 4808 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4809 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4810 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4811 * }; 4812 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4813 * .limits = limits2, 4814 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4815 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4816 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4817 * }; 4818 * 4819 * 4820 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4821 * 4822 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4823 * 4824 * .. code-block:: c 4825 * 4826 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4827 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4828 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4829 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4830 * }; 4831 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4832 * .limits = limits3, 4833 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4834 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4835 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4836 * }; 4837 * 4838 */ 4839 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4840 /** 4841 * @limits: 4842 * limits for the given interface types 4843 */ 4844 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4845 4846 /** 4847 * @num_different_channels: 4848 * can use up to this many different channels 4849 */ 4850 u32 num_different_channels; 4851 4852 /** 4853 * @max_interfaces: 4854 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4855 */ 4856 u16 max_interfaces; 4857 4858 /** 4859 * @n_limits: 4860 * number of limitations 4861 */ 4862 u8 n_limits; 4863 4864 /** 4865 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4866 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4867 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4868 */ 4869 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4870 4871 /** 4872 * @radar_detect_widths: 4873 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4874 */ 4875 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4876 4877 /** 4878 * @radar_detect_regions: 4879 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4880 */ 4881 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4882 4883 /** 4884 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4885 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4886 * 4887 * = 0 4888 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4889 * > 0 4890 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4891 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4892 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4893 */ 4894 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4895 }; 4896 4897 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4898 u16 tx, rx; 4899 }; 4900 4901 /** 4902 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4903 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4904 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4905 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4906 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4907 * packet should be preserved in that case 4908 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4909 * (see nl80211.h) 4910 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4911 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4912 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4913 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4914 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4915 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4916 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4917 */ 4918 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4919 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4920 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4921 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4922 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4923 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4924 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4925 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4926 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4927 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4928 }; 4929 4930 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4931 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4932 u32 data_payload_max; 4933 u32 data_interval_max; 4934 u32 wake_payload_max; 4935 bool seq; 4936 }; 4937 4938 /** 4939 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4940 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4941 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4942 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4943 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4944 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4945 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4946 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4947 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4948 * scheduled scans. 4949 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4950 * details. 4951 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4952 */ 4953 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4954 u32 flags; 4955 int n_patterns; 4956 int pattern_max_len; 4957 int pattern_min_len; 4958 int max_pkt_offset; 4959 int max_nd_match_sets; 4960 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4961 }; 4962 4963 /** 4964 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4965 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4966 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4967 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4968 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4969 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4970 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4971 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4972 */ 4973 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4974 int n_rules; 4975 int max_delay; 4976 int n_patterns; 4977 int pattern_max_len; 4978 int pattern_min_len; 4979 int max_pkt_offset; 4980 }; 4981 4982 /** 4983 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4984 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4985 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4986 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4987 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4988 */ 4989 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4990 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4991 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4992 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4993 }; 4994 4995 /** 4996 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4997 * 4998 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4999 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5000 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5001 * 5002 */ 5003 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5004 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5005 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5006 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5007 }; 5008 5009 /** 5010 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5011 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5012 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5013 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5014 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5015 */ 5016 5017 struct sta_opmode_info { 5018 u32 changed; 5019 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5020 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5021 u8 rx_nss; 5022 }; 5023 5024 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5025 5026 /** 5027 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5028 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5029 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5030 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5031 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5032 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5033 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5034 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5035 * dumpit calls. 5036 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5037 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5038 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5039 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5040 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5041 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5042 * are used with dump requests. 5043 */ 5044 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5045 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5046 u32 flags; 5047 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5048 const void *data, int data_len); 5049 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5050 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5051 unsigned long *storage); 5052 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5053 unsigned int maxattr; 5054 }; 5055 5056 /** 5057 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5058 * @iftype: interface type 5059 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5060 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5061 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5062 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5063 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5064 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5065 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5066 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5067 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5068 */ 5069 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5070 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5071 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5072 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5073 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5074 u16 eml_capabilities; 5075 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5076 }; 5077 5078 /** 5079 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5080 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5081 * @type: the interface type to look up 5082 */ 5083 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5084 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5085 5086 /** 5087 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5088 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5089 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5090 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5091 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5092 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5093 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5094 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5095 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5096 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5097 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5098 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5099 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5100 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5101 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5102 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5103 * not limited) 5104 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5105 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5106 */ 5107 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5108 unsigned int max_peers; 5109 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5110 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5111 5112 struct { 5113 u32 preambles; 5114 u32 bandwidths; 5115 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5116 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5117 u8 supported:1, 5118 asap:1, 5119 non_asap:1, 5120 request_lci:1, 5121 request_civicloc:1, 5122 trigger_based:1, 5123 non_trigger_based:1; 5124 } ftm; 5125 }; 5126 5127 /** 5128 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5129 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5130 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5131 * 5132 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5133 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5134 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5135 */ 5136 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5137 u16 iftypes_mask; 5138 const u32 *akm_suites; 5139 int n_akm_suites; 5140 }; 5141 5142 /** 5143 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5144 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5145 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5146 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5147 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5148 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5149 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5150 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5151 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5152 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5153 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5154 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5155 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5156 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5157 * iftype_akm_suites. 5158 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5159 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5160 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5161 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5162 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5163 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5164 * suites are specified separately. 5165 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5166 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5167 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5168 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5169 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5170 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5171 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5172 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5173 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5174 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5175 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5176 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5177 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5178 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5179 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5180 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5181 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5182 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5183 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5184 * unregister hardware 5185 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5186 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5187 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5188 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5189 * (see below). 5190 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5191 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5192 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5193 * must be set by driver 5194 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5195 * list single interface types. 5196 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5197 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5198 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5199 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5200 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5201 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5202 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5203 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5204 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5205 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5206 * this variable determines its size 5207 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5208 * any given scan 5209 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5210 * the device can run concurrently. 5211 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5212 * for in any given scheduled scan 5213 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5214 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5215 * supported. 5216 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5217 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5218 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5219 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5220 * scans 5221 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5222 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5223 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5224 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5225 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5226 * scan plan supported by the device. 5227 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5228 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5229 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5230 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5231 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5232 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5233 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5234 * 5235 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5236 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5237 * type 5238 * 5239 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5240 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5241 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5242 * 5243 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5244 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5245 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5246 * 5247 * @probe_resp_offload: 5248 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5249 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5250 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5251 * 5252 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5253 * may request, if implemented. 5254 * 5255 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5256 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5257 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5258 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5259 * 5260 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5261 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5262 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5263 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5264 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5265 * 5266 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5267 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5268 * 5269 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5270 * supports for ACL. 5271 * 5272 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5273 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5274 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5275 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5276 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5277 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5278 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5279 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5280 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5281 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5282 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5283 * capabilities are specified separately. 5284 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5285 * 5286 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5287 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5288 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5289 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5290 * 5291 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5292 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5293 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5294 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5295 * 5296 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5297 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5298 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5299 * infinite. 5300 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5301 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5302 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5303 * 5304 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5305 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5306 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5307 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5308 * 5309 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5310 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5311 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5312 * 5313 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5314 * wake_tx_queue 5315 * 5316 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5317 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5318 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5319 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5320 * 5321 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5322 * 5323 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5324 * device has 5325 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5326 * supported by the driver for each vif 5327 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5328 * supported by the driver for each peer 5329 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5330 * long/short retry configuration 5331 * 5332 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5333 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5334 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5335 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5336 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5337 * 5338 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5339 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5340 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5341 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5342 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5343 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5344 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5345 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5346 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5347 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5348 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5349 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5350 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5351 */ 5352 struct wiphy { 5353 struct mutex mtx; 5354 5355 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5356 5357 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5358 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5359 5360 struct mac_address *addresses; 5361 5362 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5363 5364 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5365 int n_iface_combinations; 5366 u16 software_iftypes; 5367 5368 u16 n_addresses; 5369 5370 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5371 u16 interface_modes; 5372 5373 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5374 5375 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5376 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5377 5378 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5379 5380 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5381 5382 int bss_priv_size; 5383 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5384 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5385 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5386 u8 max_match_sets; 5387 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5388 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5389 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5390 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5391 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5392 5393 int n_cipher_suites; 5394 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5395 5396 int n_akm_suites; 5397 const u32 *akm_suites; 5398 5399 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5400 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5401 5402 u8 retry_short; 5403 u8 retry_long; 5404 u32 frag_threshold; 5405 u32 rts_threshold; 5406 u8 coverage_class; 5407 5408 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5409 u32 hw_version; 5410 5411 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5412 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5413 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5414 #endif 5415 5416 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5417 5418 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5419 5420 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5421 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5422 5423 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5424 5425 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5426 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5427 5428 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5429 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5430 5431 const void *privid; 5432 5433 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5434 5435 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5436 struct regulatory_request *request); 5437 5438 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5439 5440 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5441 5442 struct device dev; 5443 5444 bool registered; 5445 5446 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5447 5448 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5449 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5450 5451 struct list_head wdev_list; 5452 5453 possible_net_t _net; 5454 5455 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5456 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5457 #endif 5458 5459 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5460 5461 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5462 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5463 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5464 5465 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5466 5467 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5468 5469 u32 bss_select_support; 5470 5471 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5472 5473 u32 txq_limit; 5474 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5475 u32 txq_quantum; 5476 5477 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5478 5479 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5480 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5481 5482 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5483 5484 struct { 5485 u64 peer, vif; 5486 u8 max_retry; 5487 } tid_config_support; 5488 5489 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5490 5491 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5492 5493 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5494 5495 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5496 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5497 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5498 5499 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5500 }; 5501 5502 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5503 { 5504 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5505 } 5506 5507 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5508 { 5509 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5510 } 5511 5512 /** 5513 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5514 * 5515 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5516 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5517 */ 5518 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5519 { 5520 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5521 return &wiphy->priv; 5522 } 5523 5524 /** 5525 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5526 * 5527 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5528 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5529 */ 5530 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5531 { 5532 BUG_ON(!priv); 5533 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5534 } 5535 5536 /** 5537 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5538 * 5539 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5540 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5541 */ 5542 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5543 { 5544 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5545 } 5546 5547 /** 5548 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5549 * 5550 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5551 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5552 */ 5553 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5554 { 5555 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5556 } 5557 5558 /** 5559 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5560 * 5561 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5562 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5563 */ 5564 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5565 { 5566 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5567 } 5568 5569 /** 5570 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5571 * 5572 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5573 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5574 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5575 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5576 * 5577 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5578 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5579 * 5580 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5581 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5582 */ 5583 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5584 const char *requested_name); 5585 5586 /** 5587 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5588 * 5589 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5590 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5591 * 5592 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5593 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5594 * 5595 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5596 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5597 */ 5598 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5599 int sizeof_priv) 5600 { 5601 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5602 } 5603 5604 /** 5605 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5606 * 5607 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5608 * 5609 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5610 */ 5611 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5612 5613 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5614 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5615 5616 /** 5617 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5618 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5619 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5620 * 5621 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5622 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5623 */ 5624 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5625 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5626 5627 /** 5628 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5629 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5630 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5631 * 5632 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5633 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5634 */ 5635 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5636 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5637 5638 /** 5639 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5640 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5641 */ 5642 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5643 5644 /** 5645 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5646 * 5647 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5648 * 5649 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5650 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5651 * request that is being handled. 5652 */ 5653 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5654 5655 /** 5656 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5657 * 5658 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5659 */ 5660 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5661 5662 /* internal structs */ 5663 struct cfg80211_conn; 5664 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5665 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5666 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5667 5668 /** 5669 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5670 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5671 * 5672 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5673 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5674 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5675 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5676 * 5677 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5678 */ 5679 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5680 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5681 { 5682 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5683 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5684 } 5685 5686 /** 5687 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5688 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5689 */ 5690 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5691 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5692 { 5693 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5694 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5695 } 5696 5697 /** 5698 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5699 * 5700 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5701 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5702 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5703 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5704 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5705 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5706 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5707 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5708 * 5709 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5710 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5711 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5712 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5713 * 5714 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5715 * @iftype: interface type 5716 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5717 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5718 * for the notifier 5719 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5720 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5721 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5722 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5723 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5724 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5725 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5726 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5727 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5728 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5729 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5730 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5731 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5732 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5733 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5734 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5735 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5736 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5737 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5738 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5739 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5740 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5741 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5742 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5743 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5744 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5745 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5746 * and some API functions require it held 5747 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5748 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5749 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5750 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5751 * the P2P Device. 5752 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5753 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5754 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5755 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5756 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5757 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5758 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5759 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5760 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5761 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5762 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5763 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5764 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5765 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5766 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5767 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5768 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5769 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5770 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5771 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5772 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5773 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5774 * unprotected beacon report 5775 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5776 * @ap and @client for each link 5777 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5778 */ 5779 struct wireless_dev { 5780 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5781 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5782 5783 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5784 struct list_head list; 5785 struct net_device *netdev; 5786 5787 u32 identifier; 5788 5789 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5790 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5791 5792 struct mutex mtx; 5793 5794 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5795 5796 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5797 5798 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5799 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5800 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5801 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5802 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5803 5804 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5805 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5806 5807 struct list_head event_list; 5808 spinlock_t event_lock; 5809 5810 u8 connected:1; 5811 5812 bool ps; 5813 int ps_timeout; 5814 5815 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5816 5817 u32 owner_nlportid; 5818 bool nl_owner_dead; 5819 5820 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5821 bool cac_started; 5822 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5823 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5824 5825 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5826 /* wext data */ 5827 struct { 5828 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5829 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5830 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5831 const u8 *ie; 5832 size_t ie_len; 5833 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5834 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5835 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5836 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5837 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5838 } wext; 5839 #endif 5840 5841 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5842 5843 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5844 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5845 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5846 5847 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5848 5849 union { 5850 struct { 5851 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5852 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5853 u8 ssid_len; 5854 } client; 5855 struct { 5856 int beacon_interval; 5857 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5858 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5859 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5860 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5861 } mesh; 5862 struct { 5863 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5864 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5865 u8 ssid_len; 5866 } ap; 5867 struct { 5868 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5869 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5870 int beacon_interval; 5871 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5872 u8 ssid_len; 5873 } ibss; 5874 struct { 5875 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5876 } ocb; 5877 } u; 5878 5879 struct { 5880 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5881 union { 5882 struct { 5883 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5884 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5885 } ap; 5886 struct { 5887 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5888 } client; 5889 }; 5890 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5891 u16 valid_links; 5892 }; 5893 5894 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5895 { 5896 if (wdev->netdev) 5897 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5898 return wdev->address; 5899 } 5900 5901 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5902 { 5903 if (wdev->netdev) 5904 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5905 return wdev->is_running; 5906 } 5907 5908 /** 5909 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5910 * 5911 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5912 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5913 */ 5914 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5915 { 5916 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5917 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5918 } 5919 5920 /** 5921 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5922 * @wdev: the wdev 5923 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5924 * 5925 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5926 */ 5927 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5928 unsigned int link_id); 5929 5930 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5931 unsigned int link_id) 5932 { 5933 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5934 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5935 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5936 } 5937 5938 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 5939 for (link_id = 0; \ 5940 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 5941 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 5942 link_id++) \ 5943 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 5944 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 5945 5946 /** 5947 * DOC: Utility functions 5948 * 5949 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5950 */ 5951 5952 /** 5953 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5954 * 5955 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5956 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5957 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5958 */ 5959 static inline bool 5960 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5961 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5962 { 5963 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5964 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5965 } 5966 5967 /** 5968 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5969 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5970 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5971 */ 5972 static inline u32 5973 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5974 { 5975 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5976 } 5977 5978 /** 5979 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5980 * 5981 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5982 * @chan: channel 5983 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5984 */ 5985 enum nl80211_chan_width 5986 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5987 5988 /** 5989 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5990 * @chan: channel number 5991 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5992 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5993 */ 5994 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5995 5996 /** 5997 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5998 * @chan: channel number 5999 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6000 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6001 */ 6002 static inline int 6003 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6004 { 6005 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6006 } 6007 6008 /** 6009 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6010 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6011 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6012 */ 6013 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6014 6015 /** 6016 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6017 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6018 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6019 */ 6020 static inline int 6021 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6022 { 6023 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6024 } 6025 6026 /** 6027 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6028 * frequency 6029 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6030 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6031 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6032 */ 6033 struct ieee80211_channel * 6034 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6035 6036 /** 6037 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6038 * 6039 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6040 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6041 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6042 */ 6043 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6044 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6045 { 6046 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6047 } 6048 6049 /** 6050 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6051 * @chan: control channel to check 6052 * 6053 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6054 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6055 */ 6056 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6057 { 6058 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6059 return false; 6060 6061 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6062 } 6063 6064 /** 6065 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6066 * 6067 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6068 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6069 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6070 * 6071 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6072 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6073 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6074 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6075 */ 6076 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6077 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6078 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6079 6080 /** 6081 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6082 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6083 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6084 * 6085 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6086 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6087 */ 6088 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6089 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6090 6091 /* 6092 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6093 * 6094 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6095 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6096 */ 6097 6098 struct radiotap_align_size { 6099 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6100 }; 6101 6102 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6103 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6104 int n_bits; 6105 uint32_t oui; 6106 uint8_t subns; 6107 }; 6108 6109 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6110 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6111 int n_ns; 6112 }; 6113 6114 /** 6115 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6116 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6117 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6118 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6119 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6120 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6121 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6122 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6123 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6124 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6125 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6126 * radiotap namespace or not 6127 * 6128 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6129 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6130 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6131 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6132 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6133 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6134 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6135 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6136 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6137 * next bitmap word 6138 * 6139 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6140 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6141 */ 6142 6143 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6144 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6145 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6146 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6147 6148 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6149 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6150 6151 unsigned char *this_arg; 6152 int this_arg_index; 6153 int this_arg_size; 6154 6155 int is_radiotap_ns; 6156 6157 int _max_length; 6158 int _arg_index; 6159 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6160 int _reset_on_ext; 6161 }; 6162 6163 int 6164 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6165 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6166 int max_length, 6167 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6168 6169 int 6170 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6171 6172 6173 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6174 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6175 6176 /** 6177 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6178 * 6179 * @skb: the frame 6180 * 6181 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6182 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6183 * 6184 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6185 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6186 * 802.11 header. 6187 */ 6188 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6189 6190 /** 6191 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6192 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6193 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6194 */ 6195 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6196 6197 /** 6198 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6199 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6200 * (first byte) will be accessed 6201 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6202 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6203 */ 6204 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6205 6206 /** 6207 * DOC: Data path helpers 6208 * 6209 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6210 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6211 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6212 */ 6213 6214 /** 6215 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6216 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6217 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6218 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6219 * @addr: the device MAC address 6220 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6221 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6222 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6223 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6224 */ 6225 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6226 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6227 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6228 6229 /** 6230 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6231 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6232 * @addr: the device MAC address 6233 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6234 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6235 */ 6236 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6237 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6238 { 6239 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6240 } 6241 6242 /** 6243 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6244 * 6245 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6246 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6247 * mesh control field. 6248 * 6249 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6250 * @mesh_hdr: use standard compliant mesh A-MSDU subframe header 6251 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6252 */ 6253 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, bool mesh_hdr); 6254 6255 /** 6256 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6257 * 6258 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6259 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6260 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6261 * 6262 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6263 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6264 * initialized by the caller. 6265 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6266 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6267 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6268 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6269 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6270 * @mesh_control: A-MSDU subframe header includes the mesh control field 6271 */ 6272 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6273 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6274 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6275 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6276 bool mesh_control); 6277 6278 /** 6279 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6280 * 6281 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6282 * protocol. 6283 * 6284 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6285 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6286 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6287 */ 6288 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6289 6290 /** 6291 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6292 * 6293 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6294 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6295 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6296 * 6297 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6298 */ 6299 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6300 6301 /** 6302 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6303 * @skb: the data frame 6304 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6305 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6306 */ 6307 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6308 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6309 6310 /** 6311 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6312 * 6313 * @eid: element ID 6314 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6315 * @len: length of data 6316 * @match: byte array to match 6317 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6318 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6319 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6320 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6321 * the data portion instead. 6322 * 6323 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6324 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6325 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6326 * requested element struct. 6327 * 6328 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6329 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6330 * byte array to match. 6331 */ 6332 const struct element * 6333 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6334 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6335 unsigned int match_offset); 6336 6337 /** 6338 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6339 * 6340 * @eid: element ID 6341 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6342 * @len: length of data 6343 * @match: byte array to match 6344 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6345 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6346 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6347 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6348 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6349 * the second byte is the IE length. 6350 * 6351 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6352 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6353 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6354 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6355 * element ID. 6356 * 6357 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6358 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6359 * byte array to match. 6360 */ 6361 static inline const u8 * 6362 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6363 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6364 unsigned int match_offset) 6365 { 6366 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6367 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6368 */ 6369 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6370 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6371 return NULL; 6372 6373 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6374 match, match_len, 6375 match_offset ? 6376 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6377 } 6378 6379 /** 6380 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6381 * 6382 * @eid: element ID 6383 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6384 * @len: length of data 6385 * 6386 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6387 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6388 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6389 * requested element struct. 6390 * 6391 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6392 * having to fit into the given data. 6393 */ 6394 static inline const struct element * 6395 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6396 { 6397 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6398 } 6399 6400 /** 6401 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6402 * 6403 * @eid: element ID 6404 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6405 * @len: length of data 6406 * 6407 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6408 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6409 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6410 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6411 * 6412 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6413 * having to fit into the given data. 6414 */ 6415 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6416 { 6417 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6418 } 6419 6420 /** 6421 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6422 * 6423 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6424 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6425 * @len: length of data 6426 * 6427 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6428 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6429 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6430 * requested element struct. 6431 * 6432 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6433 * having to fit into the given data. 6434 */ 6435 static inline const struct element * 6436 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6437 { 6438 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6439 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6440 } 6441 6442 /** 6443 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6444 * 6445 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6446 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6447 * @len: length of data 6448 * 6449 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6450 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6451 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6452 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6453 * 6454 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6455 * having to fit into the given data. 6456 */ 6457 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6458 { 6459 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6460 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6461 } 6462 6463 /** 6464 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6465 * 6466 * @oui: vendor OUI 6467 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6468 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6469 * @len: length of data 6470 * 6471 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6472 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6473 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6474 * 6475 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6476 * the given data. 6477 */ 6478 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6479 const u8 *ies, 6480 unsigned int len); 6481 6482 /** 6483 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6484 * 6485 * @oui: vendor OUI 6486 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6487 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6488 * @len: length of data 6489 * 6490 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6491 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6492 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6493 * element ID. 6494 * 6495 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6496 * the given data. 6497 */ 6498 static inline const u8 * 6499 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6500 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6501 { 6502 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6503 } 6504 6505 /** 6506 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6507 * 6508 * @dev: network device 6509 * @addr: STA MAC address 6510 * 6511 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6512 * devices upon STA association. 6513 */ 6514 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6515 6516 /** 6517 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6518 * 6519 * TODO 6520 */ 6521 6522 /** 6523 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6524 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6525 * conflicts) 6526 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6527 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6528 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6529 * alpha2. 6530 * 6531 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6532 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6533 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6534 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6535 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6536 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6537 * 6538 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6539 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6540 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6541 * 6542 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6543 * an -ENOMEM. 6544 * 6545 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6546 */ 6547 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6548 6549 /** 6550 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6551 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6552 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6553 * 6554 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6555 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6556 * information. 6557 * 6558 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6559 */ 6560 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6561 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6562 6563 /** 6564 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6565 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6566 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6567 * 6568 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6569 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6570 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6571 * 6572 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6573 */ 6574 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6575 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6576 6577 /** 6578 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6579 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6580 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6581 * 6582 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6583 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6584 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6585 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6586 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6587 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6588 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6589 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6590 * that called this helper. 6591 */ 6592 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6593 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6594 6595 /** 6596 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6597 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6598 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6599 * 6600 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6601 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6602 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6603 * and processed already. 6604 * 6605 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6606 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6607 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6608 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6609 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6610 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6611 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6612 */ 6613 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6614 u32 center_freq); 6615 6616 /** 6617 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6618 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6619 * 6620 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6621 * proper string representation. 6622 */ 6623 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6624 6625 /** 6626 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6627 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6628 * 6629 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6630 */ 6631 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6632 6633 /** 6634 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6635 * 6636 */ 6637 6638 /** 6639 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6640 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6641 * 6642 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6643 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6644 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6645 * 6646 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6647 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6648 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6649 * 6650 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6651 * an -ENODATA. 6652 * 6653 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6654 */ 6655 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6656 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6657 6658 /* 6659 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6660 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6661 */ 6662 6663 /** 6664 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6665 * 6666 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6667 * @info: information about the completed scan 6668 */ 6669 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6670 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6671 6672 /** 6673 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6674 * 6675 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6676 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6677 */ 6678 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6679 6680 /** 6681 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6682 * 6683 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6684 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6685 * 6686 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6687 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6688 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6689 */ 6690 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6691 6692 /** 6693 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6694 * 6695 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6696 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6697 * 6698 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6699 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6700 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6701 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6702 */ 6703 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6704 6705 /** 6706 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6707 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6708 * @data: the BSS metadata 6709 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6710 * @len: length of the management frame 6711 * @gfp: context flags 6712 * 6713 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6714 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6715 * 6716 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6717 * Or %NULL on error. 6718 */ 6719 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6720 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6721 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6722 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6723 gfp_t gfp); 6724 6725 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6726 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6727 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6728 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6729 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6730 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6731 { 6732 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6733 .chan = rx_channel, 6734 .scan_width = scan_width, 6735 .signal = signal, 6736 }; 6737 6738 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6739 } 6740 6741 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6742 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6743 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6744 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6745 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6746 { 6747 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6748 .chan = rx_channel, 6749 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6750 .signal = signal, 6751 }; 6752 6753 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6754 } 6755 6756 /** 6757 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6758 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6759 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6760 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6761 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6762 */ 6763 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6764 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6765 { 6766 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6767 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6768 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6769 6770 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6771 6772 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6773 6774 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6775 } 6776 6777 /** 6778 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6779 * @element: element to check 6780 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6781 */ 6782 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6783 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6784 6785 /** 6786 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6787 * @ie: ies 6788 * @ielen: length of IEs 6789 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6790 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6791 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6792 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6793 */ 6794 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6795 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6796 const struct element *sub_elem, 6797 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6798 6799 /** 6800 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6801 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6802 * from a beacon or probe response 6803 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6804 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6805 */ 6806 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6807 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6808 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6809 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6810 }; 6811 6812 /** 6813 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6814 * @ie: IEs 6815 * @ielen: length of IEs 6816 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6817 * @ftype: frame type 6818 * 6819 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6820 */ 6821 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6822 enum nl80211_band band, 6823 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6824 6825 /** 6826 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6827 * 6828 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6829 * @data: the BSS metadata 6830 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6831 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6832 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6833 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6834 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6835 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6836 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6837 * @gfp: context flags 6838 * 6839 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6840 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6841 * 6842 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6843 * Or %NULL on error. 6844 */ 6845 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6846 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6847 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6848 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6849 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6850 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6851 gfp_t gfp); 6852 6853 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6854 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6855 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6856 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6857 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6858 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6859 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6860 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6861 { 6862 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6863 .chan = rx_channel, 6864 .scan_width = scan_width, 6865 .signal = signal, 6866 }; 6867 6868 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6869 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6870 gfp); 6871 } 6872 6873 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6874 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6875 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6876 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6877 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6878 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6879 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6880 { 6881 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6882 .chan = rx_channel, 6883 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6884 .signal = signal, 6885 }; 6886 6887 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6888 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6889 gfp); 6890 } 6891 6892 /** 6893 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6894 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6895 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6896 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6897 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6898 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6899 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6900 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6901 */ 6902 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6903 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6904 const u8 *bssid, 6905 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6906 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6907 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6908 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6909 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6910 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6911 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6912 { 6913 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6914 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6915 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6916 } 6917 6918 /** 6919 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6920 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6921 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6922 * 6923 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6924 */ 6925 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6926 6927 /** 6928 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6929 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6930 * @bss: the BSS struct 6931 * 6932 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6933 */ 6934 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6935 6936 /** 6937 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6938 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6939 * @bss: the bss to remove 6940 * 6941 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6942 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6943 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6944 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6945 */ 6946 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6947 6948 /** 6949 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6950 * 6951 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6952 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6953 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6954 * 6955 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6956 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6957 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6958 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6959 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6960 */ 6961 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6962 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6963 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6964 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6965 void *data), 6966 void *iter_data); 6967 6968 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6969 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6970 { 6971 switch (chandef->width) { 6972 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6973 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6974 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6975 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6976 default: 6977 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6978 } 6979 } 6980 6981 /** 6982 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6983 * @dev: network device 6984 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6985 * @len: length of the frame data 6986 * 6987 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6988 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6989 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6990 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6991 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6992 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6993 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6994 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6995 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6996 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6997 * 6998 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6999 */ 7000 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7001 7002 /** 7003 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7004 * @dev: network device 7005 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7006 * 7007 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7008 * mutex. 7009 */ 7010 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7011 7012 /** 7013 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7014 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7015 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7016 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7017 * @len: length of the frame data 7018 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7019 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7020 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7021 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7022 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7023 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7024 * non-MLO connections 7025 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7026 * were rejected by the AP. 7027 */ 7028 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7029 const u8 *buf; 7030 size_t len; 7031 const u8 *req_ies; 7032 size_t req_ies_len; 7033 int uapsd_queues; 7034 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7035 struct { 7036 const u8 *addr; 7037 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7038 u16 status; 7039 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7040 }; 7041 7042 /** 7043 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7044 * @dev: network device 7045 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7046 * 7047 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7048 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7049 * 7050 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7051 */ 7052 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7053 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7054 7055 /** 7056 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7057 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7058 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7059 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7060 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7061 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7062 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7063 */ 7064 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7065 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7066 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7067 bool timeout; 7068 }; 7069 7070 /** 7071 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7072 * @dev: network device 7073 * @data: data describing the association failure 7074 * 7075 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7076 */ 7077 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7078 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7079 7080 /** 7081 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7082 * @dev: network device 7083 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7084 * @len: length of the frame data 7085 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7086 * 7087 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7088 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7089 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7090 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7091 */ 7092 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7093 bool reconnect); 7094 7095 /** 7096 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7097 * @dev: network device 7098 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7099 * @len: length of the frame data 7100 * 7101 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7102 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7103 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7104 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7105 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7106 * 7107 * This function may sleep. 7108 */ 7109 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7110 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7111 7112 /** 7113 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7114 * @dev: network device 7115 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7116 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7117 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7118 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7119 * @gfp: allocation flags 7120 * 7121 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7122 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7123 * primitive. 7124 */ 7125 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7126 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7127 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7128 7129 /** 7130 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7131 * 7132 * @dev: network device 7133 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7134 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7135 * @gfp: allocation flags 7136 * 7137 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7138 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7139 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7140 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7141 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7142 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7143 */ 7144 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7145 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7146 7147 /** 7148 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7149 * candidate 7150 * 7151 * @dev: network device 7152 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7153 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7154 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7155 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7156 * @gfp: allocation flags 7157 * 7158 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7159 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7160 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7161 */ 7162 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7163 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7164 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7165 7166 /** 7167 * DOC: RFkill integration 7168 * 7169 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7170 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7171 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7172 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7173 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7174 * 7175 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7176 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7177 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7178 */ 7179 7180 /** 7181 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7182 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7183 * @blocked: block status 7184 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7185 */ 7186 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7187 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7188 7189 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7190 { 7191 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7192 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7193 } 7194 7195 /** 7196 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7197 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7198 */ 7199 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7200 7201 /** 7202 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7203 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7204 */ 7205 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7206 { 7207 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7208 } 7209 7210 /** 7211 * DOC: Vendor commands 7212 * 7213 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7214 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7215 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7216 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7217 * the configuration mechanism. 7218 * 7219 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7220 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7221 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7222 * 7223 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7224 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7225 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7226 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7227 * managers etc. need. 7228 */ 7229 7230 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7231 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7232 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7233 int approxlen); 7234 7235 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7236 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7237 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7238 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7239 unsigned int portid, 7240 int vendor_event_idx, 7241 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7242 7243 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7244 7245 /** 7246 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7247 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7248 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7249 * be put into the skb 7250 * 7251 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7252 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7253 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7254 * 7255 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7256 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7257 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7258 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7259 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7260 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7261 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7262 * 7263 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7264 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7265 * 7266 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7267 */ 7268 static inline struct sk_buff * 7269 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7270 { 7271 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7272 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7273 } 7274 7275 /** 7276 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7277 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7278 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7279 * 7280 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7281 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7282 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7283 * skb regardless of the return value. 7284 * 7285 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7286 */ 7287 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7288 7289 /** 7290 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7291 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7292 * 7293 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7294 * Valid to call only there. 7295 */ 7296 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7297 7298 /** 7299 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7300 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7301 * @wdev: the wireless device 7302 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7303 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7304 * be put into the skb 7305 * @gfp: allocation flags 7306 * 7307 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7308 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7309 * 7310 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7311 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7312 * attribute. 7313 * 7314 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7315 * skb to send the event. 7316 * 7317 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7318 */ 7319 static inline struct sk_buff * 7320 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7321 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7322 { 7323 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7324 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7325 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7326 } 7327 7328 /** 7329 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7330 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7331 * @wdev: the wireless device 7332 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7333 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7334 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7335 * be put into the skb 7336 * @gfp: allocation flags 7337 * 7338 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7339 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7340 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7341 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7342 * 7343 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7344 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7345 * attribute. 7346 * 7347 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7348 * skb to send the event. 7349 * 7350 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7351 */ 7352 static inline struct sk_buff * 7353 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7354 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7355 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7356 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7357 { 7358 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7359 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7360 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7361 } 7362 7363 /** 7364 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7365 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7366 * @gfp: allocation flags 7367 * 7368 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7369 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7370 */ 7371 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7372 { 7373 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7374 } 7375 7376 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7377 /** 7378 * DOC: Test mode 7379 * 7380 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7381 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7382 * factory programming. 7383 * 7384 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7385 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7386 */ 7387 7388 /** 7389 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7390 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7391 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7392 * be put into the skb 7393 * 7394 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7395 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7396 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7397 * 7398 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7399 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7400 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7401 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7402 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7403 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7404 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7405 * 7406 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7407 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7408 * 7409 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7410 */ 7411 static inline struct sk_buff * 7412 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7413 { 7414 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7415 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7416 } 7417 7418 /** 7419 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7420 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7421 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7422 * 7423 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7424 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7425 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7426 * regardless of the return value. 7427 * 7428 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7429 */ 7430 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7431 { 7432 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7433 } 7434 7435 /** 7436 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7437 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7438 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7439 * be put into the skb 7440 * @gfp: allocation flags 7441 * 7442 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7443 * testmode multicast group. 7444 * 7445 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7446 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7447 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7448 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7449 * in any other way. 7450 * 7451 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7452 * skb to send the event. 7453 * 7454 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7455 */ 7456 static inline struct sk_buff * 7457 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7458 { 7459 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7460 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7461 approxlen, gfp); 7462 } 7463 7464 /** 7465 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7466 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7467 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7468 * @gfp: allocation flags 7469 * 7470 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7471 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7472 * consumes it. 7473 */ 7474 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7475 { 7476 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7477 } 7478 7479 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7480 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7481 #else 7482 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7483 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7484 #endif 7485 7486 /** 7487 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7488 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7489 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7490 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7491 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7492 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7493 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7494 * status for a FILS connection. 7495 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7496 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7497 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7498 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7499 */ 7500 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7501 const u8 *kek; 7502 size_t kek_len; 7503 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7504 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7505 const u8 *pmk; 7506 size_t pmk_len; 7507 const u8 *pmkid; 7508 }; 7509 7510 /** 7511 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7512 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7513 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7514 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7515 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7516 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7517 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7518 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7519 * case. 7520 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7521 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7522 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7523 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7524 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7525 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7526 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7527 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7528 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7529 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7530 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7531 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7532 * zero. 7533 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7534 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7535 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7536 * connected AP info. 7537 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7538 * %NULL. 7539 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7540 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7541 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7542 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7543 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7544 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7545 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7546 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7547 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7548 * to be specified. 7549 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7550 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7551 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7552 */ 7553 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7554 int status; 7555 const u8 *req_ie; 7556 size_t req_ie_len; 7557 const u8 *resp_ie; 7558 size_t resp_ie_len; 7559 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7560 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7561 7562 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7563 u16 valid_links; 7564 struct { 7565 const u8 *addr; 7566 const u8 *bssid; 7567 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7568 u16 status; 7569 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7570 }; 7571 7572 /** 7573 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7574 * 7575 * @dev: network device 7576 * @params: connection response parameters 7577 * @gfp: allocation flags 7578 * 7579 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7580 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7581 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7582 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7583 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7584 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7585 */ 7586 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7587 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7588 gfp_t gfp); 7589 7590 /** 7591 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7592 * 7593 * @dev: network device 7594 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7595 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7596 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7597 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7598 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7599 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7600 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7601 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7602 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7603 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7604 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7605 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7606 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7607 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7608 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7609 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7610 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7611 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7612 * case. 7613 * @gfp: allocation flags 7614 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7615 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7616 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7617 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7618 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7619 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7620 * 7621 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7622 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7623 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7624 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7625 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7626 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7627 */ 7628 static inline void 7629 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7630 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7631 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7632 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7633 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7634 { 7635 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7636 7637 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7638 params.status = status; 7639 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7640 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7641 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7642 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7643 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7644 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7645 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7646 7647 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7648 } 7649 7650 /** 7651 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7652 * 7653 * @dev: network device 7654 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7655 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7656 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7657 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7658 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7659 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7660 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7661 * the real status code for failures. 7662 * @gfp: allocation flags 7663 * 7664 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7665 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7666 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7667 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7668 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7669 */ 7670 static inline void 7671 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7672 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7673 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7674 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7675 { 7676 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7677 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7678 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7679 } 7680 7681 /** 7682 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7683 * 7684 * @dev: network device 7685 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7686 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7687 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7688 * @gfp: allocation flags 7689 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7690 * 7691 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7692 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7693 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7694 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7695 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7696 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7697 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7698 */ 7699 static inline void 7700 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7701 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7702 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7703 { 7704 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7705 gfp, timeout_reason); 7706 } 7707 7708 /** 7709 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7710 * 7711 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7712 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7713 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7714 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7715 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7716 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7717 * Otherwise zero. 7718 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7719 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7720 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7721 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7722 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7723 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7724 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7725 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7726 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7727 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7728 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7729 */ 7730 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7731 const u8 *req_ie; 7732 size_t req_ie_len; 7733 const u8 *resp_ie; 7734 size_t resp_ie_len; 7735 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7736 7737 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7738 u16 valid_links; 7739 struct { 7740 const u8 *addr; 7741 const u8 *bssid; 7742 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7743 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7744 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7745 }; 7746 7747 /** 7748 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7749 * 7750 * @dev: network device 7751 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7752 * @gfp: allocation flags 7753 * 7754 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7755 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7756 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7757 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7758 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7759 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7760 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7761 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7762 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7763 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7764 */ 7765 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7766 gfp_t gfp); 7767 7768 /** 7769 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7770 * 7771 * @dev: network device 7772 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7773 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 7774 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 7775 * @gfp: allocation flags 7776 * 7777 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7778 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7779 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7780 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7781 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7782 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7783 */ 7784 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7785 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 7786 7787 /** 7788 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7789 * 7790 * @dev: network device 7791 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7792 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7793 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7794 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7795 * @gfp: allocation flags 7796 * 7797 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7798 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7799 */ 7800 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7801 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7802 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7803 7804 /** 7805 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7806 * @wdev: wireless device 7807 * @cookie: the request cookie 7808 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7809 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7810 * channel 7811 * @gfp: allocation flags 7812 */ 7813 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7814 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7815 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7816 7817 /** 7818 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7819 * @wdev: wireless device 7820 * @cookie: the request cookie 7821 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7822 * @gfp: allocation flags 7823 */ 7824 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7825 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7826 gfp_t gfp); 7827 7828 /** 7829 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7830 * @wdev: wireless device 7831 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7832 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7833 * @gfp: allocation flags 7834 */ 7835 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7836 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7837 7838 /** 7839 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7840 * 7841 * @sinfo: the station information 7842 * @gfp: allocation flags 7843 */ 7844 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7845 7846 /** 7847 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7848 * @sinfo: the station information 7849 * 7850 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7851 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7852 * the stack.) 7853 */ 7854 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7855 { 7856 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7857 } 7858 7859 /** 7860 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7861 * 7862 * @dev: the netdev 7863 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7864 * @sinfo: the station information 7865 * @gfp: allocation flags 7866 */ 7867 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7868 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7869 7870 /** 7871 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7872 * @dev: the netdev 7873 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7874 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7875 * @gfp: allocation flags 7876 */ 7877 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7878 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7879 7880 /** 7881 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7882 * 7883 * @dev: the netdev 7884 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7885 * @gfp: allocation flags 7886 */ 7887 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7888 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7889 { 7890 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7891 } 7892 7893 /** 7894 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7895 * 7896 * @dev: the netdev 7897 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7898 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7899 * @gfp: allocation flags 7900 * 7901 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7902 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7903 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7904 * 7905 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7906 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7907 */ 7908 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7909 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7910 gfp_t gfp); 7911 7912 /** 7913 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 7914 * 7915 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 7916 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7917 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 7918 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 7919 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 7920 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7921 * @len: length of the frame data 7922 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7923 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 7924 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 7925 */ 7926 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 7927 int freq; 7928 int sig_dbm; 7929 bool have_link_id; 7930 u8 link_id; 7931 const u8 *buf; 7932 size_t len; 7933 u32 flags; 7934 u64 rx_tstamp; 7935 u64 ack_tstamp; 7936 }; 7937 7938 /** 7939 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 7940 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7941 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 7942 * 7943 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7944 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7945 * 7946 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7947 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7948 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7949 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7950 */ 7951 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7952 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 7953 7954 /** 7955 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7956 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7957 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7958 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7959 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7960 * @len: length of the frame data 7961 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7962 * 7963 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7964 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7965 * 7966 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7967 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7968 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7969 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7970 */ 7971 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7972 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7973 u32 flags) 7974 { 7975 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 7976 .freq = freq, 7977 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 7978 .buf = buf, 7979 .len = len, 7980 .flags = flags 7981 }; 7982 7983 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 7984 } 7985 7986 /** 7987 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7988 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7989 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7990 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7991 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7992 * @len: length of the frame data 7993 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7994 * 7995 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7996 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7997 * 7998 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7999 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8000 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8001 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8002 */ 8003 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8004 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8005 u32 flags) 8006 { 8007 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8008 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8009 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8010 .buf = buf, 8011 .len = len, 8012 .flags = flags 8013 }; 8014 8015 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8016 } 8017 8018 /** 8019 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8020 * 8021 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8022 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8023 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8024 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8025 * @len: length of the frame data 8026 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8027 */ 8028 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8029 u64 cookie; 8030 u64 tx_tstamp; 8031 u64 ack_tstamp; 8032 const u8 *buf; 8033 size_t len; 8034 bool ack; 8035 }; 8036 8037 /** 8038 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8039 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8040 * @status: TX status data 8041 * @gfp: context flags 8042 * 8043 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8044 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8045 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8046 */ 8047 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8048 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8049 8050 /** 8051 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8052 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8053 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8054 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8055 * @len: length of the frame data 8056 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8057 * @gfp: context flags 8058 * 8059 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8060 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8061 * transmission attempt. 8062 */ 8063 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8064 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8065 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8066 { 8067 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8068 .cookie = cookie, 8069 .buf = buf, 8070 .len = len, 8071 .ack = ack 8072 }; 8073 8074 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8075 } 8076 8077 /** 8078 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8079 * port frames 8080 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8081 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8082 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8083 * @len: length of the frame data 8084 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8085 * @gfp: context flags 8086 * 8087 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8088 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8089 * the transmission attempt. 8090 */ 8091 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8092 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8093 gfp_t gfp); 8094 8095 /** 8096 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8097 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8098 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8099 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8100 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8101 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8102 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8103 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8104 * 8105 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8106 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8107 * control port frames over nl80211. 8108 * 8109 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8110 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8111 * 8112 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8113 */ 8114 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 8115 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 8116 8117 /** 8118 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8119 * @dev: network device 8120 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8121 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8122 * @gfp: context flags 8123 * 8124 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8125 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8126 */ 8127 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8128 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8129 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8130 8131 /** 8132 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8133 * @dev: network device 8134 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8135 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8136 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8137 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8138 * @gfp: context flags 8139 */ 8140 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8141 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8142 8143 /** 8144 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8145 * @dev: network device 8146 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8147 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8148 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8149 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8150 * @gfp: context flags 8151 * 8152 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8153 * given interval is exceeded. 8154 */ 8155 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8156 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8157 8158 /** 8159 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8160 * @dev: network device 8161 * @gfp: context flags 8162 * 8163 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8164 */ 8165 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8166 8167 /** 8168 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8169 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8170 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8171 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8172 * @gfp: context flags 8173 * 8174 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8175 */ 8176 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8177 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8178 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8179 8180 static inline void 8181 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8182 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8183 gfp_t gfp) 8184 { 8185 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8186 } 8187 8188 static inline void 8189 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8190 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8191 gfp_t gfp) 8192 { 8193 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8194 } 8195 8196 /** 8197 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8198 * @dev: network device 8199 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8200 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8201 * @gfp: context flags 8202 * 8203 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8204 * frame. 8205 */ 8206 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8207 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8208 gfp_t gfp); 8209 8210 /** 8211 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8212 * @netdev: network device 8213 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8214 * @event: type of event 8215 * @gfp: context flags 8216 * 8217 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8218 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8219 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8220 */ 8221 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8222 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8223 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8224 8225 /** 8226 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8227 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8228 * 8229 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8230 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8231 */ 8232 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8233 8234 /** 8235 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8236 * @dev: network device 8237 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8238 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8239 * @gfp: allocation flags 8240 */ 8241 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8242 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8243 8244 /** 8245 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8246 * @dev: network device 8247 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8248 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8249 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8250 * @gfp: allocation flags 8251 */ 8252 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8253 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8254 8255 /** 8256 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8257 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8258 * @addr: the transmitter address 8259 * @gfp: context flags 8260 * 8261 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8262 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8263 * sender. 8264 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8265 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8266 */ 8267 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8268 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8269 8270 /** 8271 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8272 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8273 * @addr: the transmitter address 8274 * @gfp: context flags 8275 * 8276 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8277 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8278 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8279 * station to avoid event flooding. 8280 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8281 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8282 */ 8283 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8284 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8285 8286 /** 8287 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8288 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8289 * @addr: the address of the peer 8290 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8291 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8292 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8293 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8294 * @gfp: allocation flags 8295 */ 8296 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8297 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8298 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8299 8300 /** 8301 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8302 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8303 * @frame: the frame 8304 * @len: length of the frame 8305 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8306 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8307 * 8308 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8309 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8310 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8311 */ 8312 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8313 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8314 8315 /** 8316 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8317 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8318 * @frame: the frame 8319 * @len: length of the frame 8320 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8321 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8322 * 8323 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8324 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8325 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8326 */ 8327 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8328 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8329 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8330 { 8331 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8332 sig_dbm); 8333 } 8334 8335 /** 8336 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8337 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8338 * @chandef: the channel definition 8339 * @iftype: interface type 8340 * 8341 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8342 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8343 */ 8344 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8345 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8346 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8347 8348 /** 8349 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8350 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8351 * @chandef: the channel definition 8352 * @iftype: interface type 8353 * 8354 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8355 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8356 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8357 * more permissive conditions. 8358 * 8359 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8360 */ 8361 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8362 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8363 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8364 8365 /* 8366 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8367 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8368 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8369 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8370 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8371 * 8372 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8373 * driver context! 8374 */ 8375 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8376 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8377 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8378 8379 /* 8380 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8381 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8382 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8383 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8384 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8385 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8386 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8387 * 8388 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8389 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8390 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8391 */ 8392 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8393 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8394 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8395 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8396 8397 /** 8398 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8399 * 8400 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8401 * @band: band pointer to fill 8402 * 8403 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8404 */ 8405 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8406 enum nl80211_band *band); 8407 8408 /** 8409 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8410 * 8411 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8412 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8413 * 8414 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8415 */ 8416 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8417 u8 *op_class); 8418 8419 /** 8420 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8421 * 8422 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8423 * 8424 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8425 */ 8426 static inline u32 8427 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8428 { 8429 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8430 } 8431 8432 /* 8433 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8434 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8435 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8436 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8437 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8438 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8439 * @gfp: allocation flags 8440 * 8441 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8442 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8443 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8444 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8445 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8446 */ 8447 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8448 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8449 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8450 8451 /* 8452 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8453 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8454 * 8455 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8456 */ 8457 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8458 8459 /** 8460 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8461 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8462 * 8463 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8464 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8465 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8466 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8467 * is unbound from the driver. 8468 * 8469 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8470 */ 8471 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8472 8473 /** 8474 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8475 * @dev: the netdev to register 8476 * 8477 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8478 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8479 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8480 * instead as well. 8481 * 8482 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8483 */ 8484 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8485 8486 /** 8487 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8488 * @dev: the netdev to register 8489 * 8490 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8491 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8492 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8493 * usable instead as well. 8494 * 8495 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8496 */ 8497 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8498 { 8499 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8500 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8501 #endif 8502 } 8503 8504 /** 8505 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8506 * @ies: FT IEs 8507 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8508 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8509 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8510 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8511 */ 8512 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8513 const u8 *ies; 8514 size_t ies_len; 8515 const u8 *target_ap; 8516 const u8 *ric_ies; 8517 size_t ric_ies_len; 8518 }; 8519 8520 /** 8521 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8522 * @netdev: network device 8523 * @ft_event: IE information 8524 */ 8525 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8526 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8527 8528 /** 8529 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8530 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8531 * @len: the input length 8532 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8533 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8534 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8535 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8536 * 8537 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8538 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8539 * 8540 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8541 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8542 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8543 */ 8544 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8545 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8546 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8547 8548 /** 8549 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8550 * @ies: the IE buffer 8551 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8552 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8553 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8554 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8555 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8556 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8557 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8558 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8559 * 8560 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8561 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8562 * split. 8563 * 8564 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8565 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8566 * 8567 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8568 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8569 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8570 * 8571 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8572 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8573 * of the buffer should be used. 8574 */ 8575 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8576 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8577 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8578 size_t offset); 8579 8580 /** 8581 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8582 * @ies: the IE buffer 8583 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8584 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8585 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8586 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8587 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8588 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8589 * 8590 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8591 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8592 * split. 8593 * 8594 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8595 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8596 * 8597 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8598 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8599 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8600 * 8601 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8602 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8603 * of the buffer should be used. 8604 */ 8605 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8606 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8607 { 8608 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8609 } 8610 8611 /** 8612 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8613 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8614 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8615 * @gfp: allocation flags 8616 * 8617 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8618 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8619 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8620 * else caused the wakeup. 8621 */ 8622 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8623 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8624 gfp_t gfp); 8625 8626 /** 8627 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8628 * 8629 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8630 * @gfp: allocation flags 8631 * 8632 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8633 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8634 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8635 */ 8636 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8637 8638 /** 8639 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8640 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8641 * 8642 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8643 */ 8644 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8645 8646 /** 8647 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8648 * 8649 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8650 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8651 * 8652 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8653 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8654 * the interface combinations. 8655 */ 8656 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8657 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8658 8659 /** 8660 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8661 * 8662 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8663 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8664 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8665 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8666 * 8667 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8668 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8669 * purposes. 8670 */ 8671 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8672 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8673 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8674 void *data), 8675 void *data); 8676 8677 /* 8678 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8679 * 8680 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8681 * @wdev: wireless device 8682 * @gfp: context flags 8683 * 8684 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8685 * disconnected. 8686 * 8687 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8688 */ 8689 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8690 gfp_t gfp); 8691 8692 /** 8693 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8694 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8695 * 8696 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8697 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8698 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8699 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8700 * 8701 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8702 * the driver while the function is running. 8703 */ 8704 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8705 8706 /** 8707 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8708 * 8709 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8710 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8711 * 8712 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8713 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8714 */ 8715 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8716 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8717 { 8718 u8 *ft_byte; 8719 8720 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8721 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8722 } 8723 8724 /** 8725 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8726 * 8727 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8728 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8729 * 8730 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8731 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8732 */ 8733 static inline bool 8734 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8735 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8736 { 8737 u8 ft_byte; 8738 8739 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8740 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8741 } 8742 8743 /** 8744 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8745 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8746 * 8747 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8748 */ 8749 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8750 8751 /** 8752 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8753 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8754 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8755 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8756 * result. 8757 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8758 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8759 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8760 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8761 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8762 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8763 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8764 */ 8765 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8766 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8767 u8 inst_id; 8768 u8 peer_inst_id; 8769 const u8 *addr; 8770 u8 info_len; 8771 const u8 *info; 8772 u64 cookie; 8773 }; 8774 8775 /** 8776 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8777 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8778 * @match: match notification parameters 8779 * @gfp: allocation flags 8780 * 8781 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8782 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8783 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8784 */ 8785 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8786 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8787 8788 /** 8789 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8790 * 8791 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8792 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8793 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8794 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8795 * @gfp: allocation flags 8796 * 8797 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8798 */ 8799 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8800 u8 inst_id, 8801 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8802 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8803 8804 /* ethtool helper */ 8805 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8806 8807 /** 8808 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8809 * @netdev: network device 8810 * @params: External authentication parameters 8811 * @gfp: allocation flags 8812 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8813 */ 8814 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8815 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8816 gfp_t gfp); 8817 8818 /** 8819 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8820 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8821 * @req: the original measurement request 8822 * @result: the result data 8823 * @gfp: allocation flags 8824 */ 8825 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8826 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8827 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8828 gfp_t gfp); 8829 8830 /** 8831 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8832 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8833 * @req: the original measurement request 8834 * @gfp: allocation flags 8835 * 8836 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8837 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8838 */ 8839 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8840 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8841 gfp_t gfp); 8842 8843 /** 8844 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8845 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8846 * @iftype: interface type 8847 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8848 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8849 * 8850 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8851 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8852 * check_swif is '1'. 8853 */ 8854 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8855 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8856 8857 8858 /** 8859 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8860 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8861 * @netdev: network device 8862 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 8863 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8864 * 8865 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8866 */ 8867 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8868 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 8869 8870 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8871 8872 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8873 8874 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8875 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8876 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8877 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8878 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8879 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8880 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8881 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8882 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8883 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8884 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8885 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8886 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8887 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8888 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8889 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8890 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8891 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8892 8893 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8894 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8895 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8896 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8897 8898 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8899 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8900 8901 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8902 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8903 8904 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8905 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8906 #else 8907 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8908 ({ \ 8909 if (0) \ 8910 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8911 0; \ 8912 }) 8913 #endif 8914 8915 /* 8916 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8917 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8918 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8919 */ 8920 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8921 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8922 8923 /** 8924 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8925 * @netdev: network device 8926 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8927 * @gfp: allocation flags 8928 */ 8929 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8930 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8931 gfp_t gfp); 8932 8933 /** 8934 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8935 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8936 */ 8937 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8938 8939 /** 8940 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8941 * @dev: network device 8942 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8943 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8944 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8945 */ 8946 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8947 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8948 u64 color_bitmap); 8949 8950 /** 8951 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8952 * @dev: network device 8953 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8954 */ 8955 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8956 u64 color_bitmap) 8957 { 8958 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8959 0, color_bitmap); 8960 } 8961 8962 /** 8963 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8964 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8965 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8966 * 8967 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8968 */ 8969 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8970 u8 count) 8971 { 8972 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8973 count, 0); 8974 } 8975 8976 /** 8977 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8978 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8979 * 8980 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8981 */ 8982 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8983 { 8984 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8985 0, 0); 8986 } 8987 8988 /** 8989 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8990 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8991 * 8992 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8993 */ 8994 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8995 { 8996 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 8997 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8998 0, 0); 8999 } 9000 9001 /** 9002 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9003 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9004 * @chandef: channel definition 9005 * 9006 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9007 * 9008 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9009 */ 9010 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9011 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9012 9013 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9014